Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 2001-R0189 - Contract Bid For Lubbock Business Center Renovations - Fanning, Fanning & Assoc. - 05/10/2001Resolution No. 2001-RO189 May 10, 2001 Item No. 51 RESOLUTION BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock, a Contract per Bid #098- 01/RS for the Lubbock Business Center HVAC renovations, by and between the City of Lubbock and Fanning, Fanning and Associates of Lubbock, Texas, and related documents. Said Contract is attached hereto and incorporated in this resolution as if fully set forth herein and shall be included in the minutes of the City Council. Passed by the City Council this 10th ATTEST: Rebecca Garza, City Secretary APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: �&4 h9)44� Victor Kilman, `Purchasing Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM: 41 Xt- /?4-� William de Haas Contract Manager/Attorney gs/cedocs/Contract-Fanning, Fanning & Assoc.res April 30, 2001 day of May , 2001. r�,TON i t � r CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS FOR LUBBOCK BUSINESS CENTER HVAC RENOVATIONS BID #098-01/RS BOND CHECK BEST RATING LICE N DA� SED IN TEXAS BY �2 "I A City, Of Planned Progress" CITY OF LUBBOCK Lubbock, Texas 0 City of Lubbock PURCHASING DEPARTMENT ROOM L04, MUNICIPAL BUILDING 1111"" 162513 T11 STREET LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401 PH: (806)775-2167 FAX: (806)775-2164 hftp://purchasing.ci.lubbock.tx.us ITB 098-01/RS, Addendum #2 ADDENDUM #2 ITB #098-01/RS Lubbock Business Center Heating, Ventilating, and Air conditioning Renovations MAILED TO VENDOR: April 17, 2001 CLOSE DATE: April 19, 2001 @ 2:00 P. M. !! The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB). Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. 1. On the drawings, Sheet E2, "Basement Electrical Room Plan — Lower Level' a. Indicate that the new 800 amp switch for the chiller shall be connected to the main bussing in the power switchboard instead of a separate feed from the transformer vault. Drill the bussing in the power switchboard and install lugs as required to accomplish this work. Verify requirements at site. This feed shall consist of two parallel sets of (3 # 600 kcmil & # 1/OG) in two 3-1/2" conduits. b. Add note #23 to read: " The approximate distance from the 800 amp switch to the new chiller is 100 feet. + Contractor shall verify exact distance at site. c. Indicate that the starter and disconnect shown in the northeast corner of the mechanical room is for AHU #3. There shall also be an additional starter and disconnect installed on the north wall for AHU #4. Run 3 # 6 & # 10G in 1" conduit to an existing 60A -3P switch in the power switchboard, and connect to serve AHU #4. Install 3 new 60A fuses in existing switch. P All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Ron Shuffield, Senior Buyer City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 Questions may be faxed to : (806)775-2164 or Email to: Rshuffield@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us 098-01Rsadd2 THANK YOU, CITY OF JLUBOCK Ron Shuffield Senior Buyer PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY OF THIS ADDENDUM WITH YOUR BID. w., City of Lubbock PURCHASING DEPARTMENT ROOM L04, MUNICIPAL BUILDING 162513 TH STREET LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401 PH: (806)775-2167 FAX:(806)775-2164 hftp://purchasing.ci.lubbock.tx.us ITB 098-01/RS, Addendum #1 ADDENDUM #1 ITB #098-01 /RS Lubbock Business Center Heating, Ventilating, and Air conditioning Renovations MAILED TO VENDOR: April 11, 2001 CLOSE DATE: April 19, 2001 @ 2:00 P. M. The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB). Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. 1. In the Specifications, Section 15900: Replace the point chart with the chart that is attached. 2. In the Specifications, Section 15010-10, 1.26: An 8 week down-time period shall be designated, beginning September 29, 2001 and ending November 25, 2001, during which all heating and cooling systems serving the Lubbock Business Center may be shut down. The new heating system shall be operational by the end of this period. 3. The time for total project completion shall be 240 days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed by issued the City of Lubbock. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Ron Shuffield, Senior Buyer City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 Questions may be faxed to: (806)775-2164 or Email to: RshuffieId@mail.ci.Iubbock.tx.us 098-01 Rsadd 1 THANK YOU, CITY OF LUBBOCK Rheffi Senior Buyer PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY OF THIS ADDENDUM WITH YOUR BID. cq • ... .. 10. . . ■■■■eeeeeeeee CONTROL RELAY 0 so ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ • - • • ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ - TRANSDUCER IMESIONSENEME#LECTRIC TRANSDUCER ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ PRESSURE SWITCH i SWITCH CLOSURE CURRE NT SWITCH ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ TEMPERATURE RELATIVE HUMIDITY EQUIPMENT STATUS ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ MAINTENANCE ■■■■■■■■■■■■ - OTT ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■©©©■■■■©■ - .- . ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ • - - .. ■■■■■■■■o■■■■UNOCCUPIED SETBACK TEMPERATURE CONTROL ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ • ... - .. ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ -. .LIMITS mommommommomE HOT WATER RESET• ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ CITY OF LUBBOCK INVITATION TO BID FOR TITLE: LUBBOCK BUSINESS CENTER HVAC RENOVATIONS ADDRESS: LUBBOCK, TEXAS BID NUMBER: 098-01/RS PROJECT NUMBER: 9699.8302.20000 CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT No Text INDEX re• �•+ 1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS 2. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS OWN 3. BID SUBMITTAL - BID FOR LUMP SUM CONTRACTS 4. PAYMENT BOND ems. 5. PERFORMANCE BOND 6. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 7. CONTRACT 8. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT 9. CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS 10. SPECIFICATIONS b NOTICE TO BIDDERS NOTICE TO BIDDERS BID #098-01/RS Sealed bids addressed to Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the office of the Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 2:00 o'clock p.m. on the 19th day of April, 2001, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project with a budget amount of $400.000.00: "LUBBOCK BUSINESS CENTER HVAC RENOVATIONS" After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of the Purchasing Manager and publicly read aloud. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to ensure that his bid is actually in O'" the office of the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, before the expiration of the date above first written. Bids are due at 2:00 o'clock p.m. on the 19th day of April, 2001, and the City of Lubbock City Council will consider the bids on the 26th day of April, 2001, at the Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of B or superior. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified ^" check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within fifteen (15) days after notice of award of the contract to him. It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a non -mandatory pre-bid conference on 11th day of April, 2001 at 10:00 o'clock a.m., in the Purchasing Conference Room L04, Lubbock, Texas. Bidders may view the plans and specifications without charge at Lubbock City Hall, 1625 13'h Street, Lubbock, �-+ Texas, Purchasing Department, Room L-04. Plans and specifications may be obtained by the bidder for a $100.00 refundable charge per set. Plans and specifications may be obtained through Fanning, Fanning, & Associates, 2555 74t' Street, Lubbock, Texas 79423, (806) 745-2533. Plans and specifications will be shipped at the bidder's expense. If bidder requires overnight or second day expedited method parcel shipment, the bidder will incur shipping charges and must furnish the name of the service to be used and the bidder's account number. Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing Manager of the City of Lubbock, which document is -+ specifically referred to in this notice to bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to provision of Article 5159a, Vernon's Ann. Civil St., and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale. ,�.. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award. The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre-bid meetings and bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you would like bid information made available in a more accessible format or if you require assistance, please contact the City of Lubbock Human Relations Office at (806) 775- 2281 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting. CITY OF LUBBOCK VICTOR KILMAN R,, PURCHASING MANAGER o" GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3.2 Any bidder in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or other documents may request an interpretation thereof from the Purchasing Department. At the request of the bidder, or in the event the Purchasing Department deems the interpretation to be substantive, the interpretation will be made by written addendum issued by the Purchasing Department. Such addendum issued by the Purchasing Department will be sent to all bidders receiving the original Invitation to Bid (ITB) and will become part of the bid package having the same binding effect as provisions of the original bid. NO VERBAL EXPLANATIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS WILL BE BINDING. In order to have a request for interpretation considered, the request must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing Department no later than five (5) days before the bid closing date. 3.3 All addenda, amendments, and interpretations of this solicitation shall be in writing. The City of Lubbock shall not be legally bound by any amendment or interpretation that is not in writing. Only information supplied by the City of Lubbock Purchasing Department in writing or in this ITB should be used in preparing bid responses. All contacts that a bidder may have had before or after receipt of this ITB with any individuals, employees, or representatives of the City and any information that may have been read in any news media or seen or heard in any communication facility regarding this bid should be disregarded in preparing responses. 3.4 The City does not assume responsibility for the receipt of any addendum sent to bidders. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 BID DELIVERY, TIME & DATE 1.1 The City of Lubbock is seeking written and sealed competitive bids to furnish LUBBOCK BUSINESS CENTER HVAC RENOVATIONS per the attached specifications and contract documents. Sealed bids will be received no later than 2:00 p.m. CST, the 99th day of April, 2001 at the office listed below. Any bid received after the date and hour specified will be rejected and returned unopened to the bidder. Each bid and supporting documentation must be in a sealed envelope or container plainly labeled in the lower �•, _ .., left-hand corner: "ITB #098-01/RS, LUBBOCK BUSINESS CENTER HVAC RENOVATIONS" and the bid opening date and time. Bidders must also include their company name and address on the outside of the envelope or container. Bids must be addressed to: • Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager City of Lubbock 1625 13th Street, Room. L-04 *�+ Lubbock, Texas 79401 1.2 Bidders are responsible for making certain bids are delivered to the Purchasing Department. Mailing of a bid does not ensure that the bid will be delivered on time or delivered at all. If bidder does not hand �** deliver bid, we suggest that he/she use some sort of delivery service that provides a receipt. 1.3 Bids will be accepted in person, by United States Mail, by United Parcel Service, or by private courier service. No bids will be accepted by oral communication, telephone, electronic mail, telegraphic �- transmission, or telefacsimile transmission. THE CITY WILL NOT ACCEPT FAX BIDS. 1.4 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to postpone the date and time for opening bids through an addendum. •. 2 PRE-BID MEETING 2.1 For the purpose of familiarizing bidders with the requirements, answering questions, and issuing addenda as needed for the clarification of the Invitation to Bid (ITB) documents, a non -mandatory pre-bid meeting will be held at 10:00 a.m.. April 11th. 2001 in Purchasing Conference Room L04 Lubbock Texas All persons attending the meeting will be asked to identify themselves and the prospective bidder they represent. ' 2.2 It is the bidder's responsibility to attend the pre-bid meeting though the meeting is not mandatory. The City will not be responsible for providing information discussed at the pre-bid meeting to bidders who do not attend the pre-bid meeting. 3 ADDENDA & MODIFICATIONS 3.1 Any changes, additions, or clarifications to the ITB are made by written bid addenda. 3.2 Any bidder in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or other documents may request an interpretation thereof from the Purchasing Department. At the request of the bidder, or in the event the Purchasing Department deems the interpretation to be substantive, the interpretation will be made by written addendum issued by the Purchasing Department. Such addendum issued by the Purchasing Department will be sent to all bidders receiving the original Invitation to Bid (ITB) and will become part of the bid package having the same binding effect as provisions of the original bid. NO VERBAL EXPLANATIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS WILL BE BINDING. In order to have a request for interpretation considered, the request must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing Department no later than five (5) days before the bid closing date. 3.3 All addenda, amendments, and interpretations of this solicitation shall be in writing. The City of Lubbock shall not be legally bound by any amendment or interpretation that is not in writing. Only information supplied by the City of Lubbock Purchasing Department in writing or in this ITB should be used in preparing bid responses. All contacts that a bidder may have had before or after receipt of this ITB with any individuals, employees, or representatives of the City and any information that may have been read in any news media or seen or heard in any communication facility regarding this bid should be disregarded in preparing responses. 3.4 The City does not assume responsibility for the receipt of any addendum sent to bidders. 4 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Each bidder shall carefully examine all ITB documents and thoroughly familiarize itself with all requirements before submitting a bid to ensure that their bid meets the intent of these specifications. 4.2 Before submitting a bid, each bidder shall be responsible for making all investigations and examinations that are necessary to ascertain conditions and requirements affecting the requirements of this Invitation to Bid. Failure to make such investigations and examinations shall not relieve the bidder from obligation to comply, in every detail, with all provisions and requirements of the Invitation to Bid. 4.3 Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Purchasing Manager and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Purchasing Manager prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the bidder fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If bidder does not notify Purchasing Manager before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of bids. 5 BID PREPARATION COSTS 5.1 Issuance of this ITB does not commit the City of Lubbock, in any way, to pay any costs incurred in the preparation and submission of a bid. 5.2 The issuance of this ITB does not obligate the City of Lubbock to enter into contract for any services or equipment. 5.3 All costs related to the preparation and submission of a bid shall be paid by the bidder. 6 TRADE SECRETS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND THE TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT _ 6.1 If you consider any portion of your bid to be privileged or confidential by statute or judicial decision, including trade secrets and commercial or financial information, clearly identify those portions. 6.2 The City of Lubbock will honor your notations of trade secrets and confidential information and decline to release such information initially, but please note that the final determination of whether a particular portion of your bid is in fact a trade secret or commercial or financial information that may be withheld from public inspection will be made by the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction. In the event a public information request is received for a portion of your bid that you have marked as being confidential information, you will be notified of such request and you will be required to justify your legal position in writing to the Texas Attorney General pursuant to Section 552.305 of the Government Code. In the event that it is determined by opinion or order of the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction that such information is in fact not privileged and confidential under Section 552.110 of the Government Code and Section 252.049 of the Local Government Code, then such information will be made available to the requester. 6.3 Marking your entire bid CONFIDENTIAL/PROPRIETARY is not in conformance with the Texas Open Records Act. 7 LICENSES PERMITS, TAXES The price or prices for the work shall include full compensation for all taxes, permits, etc. that the bidder is or may be required to pay. 8 CONFLICT OF INTEREST 8.1 The bidder shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business arrangement with any employee, official or agent of the City of Lubbock. 8.2 By signing and executing this bid, the bidder certifies and represents to the City the bidder has not offered, conferred or agreed to confer any pecuniary benefit or other thing of value for the receipt of special treatment, advantage, information, recipient's decision, opinion, recommendation, vote or any other exercise of discretion concerning this bid. 9 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.1 All work covered by the contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General Conditions. 9.2 All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents. 10 PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge or forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders. '" 11 BIDDER INQUIRIES AND CLARIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS ' 11.1 It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permit competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the Purchasing Manager if any language requirements, etc., or any Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the bid closing date. A review of such notifications will be made. 11.2 NO BIDDER SHALL REQUEST ANY INFORMATION VERBALLY. ALL REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR CLARIFICATION CONCERNING THIS INVITATION TO BID (ITB) MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING NO LATER THAN FIVE (5) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID CLOSING DATE AND ADDRESSED TO: RONSHUFFIELD, SENIOR BUYER City of Lubbock _ 1625 1311 Street Lubbock, Texas 79401 Fax: (806) 775-2164 Email: RShuffield@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us 12 TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION 12.1 The construction covered by the contract documents shall be fully completed within ONE HUNDRED -EIGHTY (180) CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful bidder. 12.2 The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be ^+ submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to ensure completion of the project within the time specified. ^'* 13 PAYMENT All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract documents. 14 AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been notified. 15 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until 3 incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality, which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. 16 GUARANTEES 16.1 All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). 16.2 Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor represents and warrants fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date and date -related data (including, but not limited to calculating, comparing and sequencing) of all hardware, software and firmware products delivered and services provided under this Contract, individually or in combination, as the case may be from the effective date of this Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants calculations will be recognized and accommodated and will not, in any way, result in hardware, software or firmware failure. The City of Lubbock, at its sole option, may require the Contractor, at any time, to demonstrate the procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all the obligations contained herein. 16.3 The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor, its sub- contractor or any third party involved in the creation or development of the products and services to be _ delivered to the City of Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply with any of the obligations contained herein, may result in the City of Lubbock availing itself of any of its rights under the law and under this Contract including, but not limited to, its right pertaining to termination or default. 16.4 The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified in this Contract, and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or limitation to the Contractor's liability which may be specified in this Contract, its appendices, its schedules, its annexes or any document incorporated in this Contract by reference. 17 PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR The contractor will be furnished one set of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor. 18 PROTECTION OF THE WORK The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information: (a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. (b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder. _ (c) Equipment schedule. 19 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX 19.1 This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. 19.2 The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase. 20 PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES 4 ate+ It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve ri the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense. ^+ 21 BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs., and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project. 22 EXPLOSIVES 22.1 The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage, which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity. 22.2 Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor. 22.3 In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations. 23 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress. 24 INSURANCE 24.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted before contract execution. 24.2 The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from the Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be subcontracted. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to provide to the owner all proof of coverage insurance documents including workers compensation coverage for each subcontractor. 25 LABOR AND WORKING HOURS 25.1 Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. The wage rate that must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders' attention is further directed to the requirements of Article 5159a, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes providing for the payment of the wage schedules above mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages in these contract documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under this contract requiring an inspector will not be performed on weekends or holidays unless the following conditions exist: 26.1.1 The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service to its citizens. 26.1.2 Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time. 25.2 Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on weekends or holidays, the Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construction work requiring an inspector on weekends or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative. 25.3 In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done -- under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life. 26 PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the site of the work shall not later than the seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his classification, the number of hours worked on each day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates or deductions (except as shown) have been made, or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. The Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, ten dollars for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. 27 PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the bidder without being considered. _. 28 PREPARATION FOR BID 28.1 The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City. All blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in and the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he intends to — do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price written in words shall govern. 28.2 If the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If "^ If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. 30 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified therein in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order to satisfy the City of Lubbock about the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The City of Lubbock reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the bidder fails to satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's qualifications shall include: (a) The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required. (b) The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified, without delay or interference. (c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder. (d) The quality of performance of previous contracts or services. 31 BID AWARD ^� 31.1 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to reject any or all bids, reject any particular item on a bid, and to waive immaterial formalities and to accept the offer most advantageous to the City of Lubbock in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise specified herein, the City shall award the bid based on the Total Bid Amount ,,,, plus the sum of any Options the City may select. the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or other's to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the bid. The bid shall be executed in ink. 28.3 Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner: 28.3.1 Bidder's name 28.3.2 Bid for (description of the project). 28.4 Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening of the bids, but no bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter. 28.5 Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. 29 BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the following: (a) Notice to Bidders. ,. (b) General Instructions to Bidders. (c) Bidder's Submittal. (d) Statutory Bond (if required). (e) Contract Agreement. (f) General Conditions. (g) Special Conditions (if any). (h) Specifications. (i) Insurance Certificates. (j) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. "^ If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. 30 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified therein in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order to satisfy the City of Lubbock about the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The City of Lubbock reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the bidder fails to satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's qualifications shall include: (a) The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required. (b) The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified, without delay or interference. (c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder. (d) The quality of performance of previous contracts or services. 31 BID AWARD ^� 31.1 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to reject any or all bids, reject any particular item on a bid, and to waive immaterial formalities and to accept the offer most advantageous to the City of Lubbock in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise specified herein, the City shall award the bid based on the Total Bid Amount ,,,, plus the sum of any Options the City may select. 31.2 All bids are evaluated for compliance with specifications before the bid price is considered. Response to specifications is primary in determining the best low bid. Failure to comply with the specifications may result in disqualification of the bid. 1� 31.3 In case of tie bids, preference will be given to local bidders. Consistent and continued tie bidding may be cause for rejection of bids by the City of Lubbock and/or investigation by the Attorney General to determine possible Anti -Trust violations. 31.4 Before the City may award a bid to a nonresident bidder, the nonresident bidder's bid must be lower than lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas bidder by the same margin or amount that a Texas bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder in the nonresident bidders' home state. 31.5 Any contract made, or purchase order issued, as a result of this Invitation to Bid, shall be entered into the State of Texas and under the laws of the State of Texas. In connection with the performance of work, the Bidder agrees to comply with the Fair Labor Standard Act, Equal Opportunity Employment Act, and all other applicable Federal, State, and Local laws, regulations, and executive orders to the extent that the same may be applicable. 31.6 NO INDIVIDUAL OF ANY USING DEPARTMENT HAS THE AUTHORITY TO LEGALLY AND/OR FINANCIALLY COMMIT THE CITY TO ANY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PURCHASE ORDER FOR GOODS OR SERVICES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SANCTIONED BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS INVITATION TO BID. r* P" OF" OPM BID SUBMITTAL lA!U BID SUBMITTAL LUMP SUM BID CONTRACT DATE:DR. PROJECT NUMBER: #098-01/RS - LUBBOCK BUSINESS CENTER HVAC RENOVATIONS Bid of �Or�&MY"O lye (hereinafter called Bidder) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction of a LUBBOCK BUSINESS CENTER HVAC RENOVATIONS having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the contract documents. MATERIALS: TdQ tIyND�e�aFoeaSlo T1*VWn ,6laf11 iYyrfD,rEv �vR viYE — ($�yb� SERVICES: 11Qy- 7?1,fee 7Wg0kyp C1164-1 ($ 9?1000. 00 ) TOTAL BID: l=001Z WHOAFP yh-lan Nr,v 77iov1erin Elbltr HONotFa F-e2]�1 ONE ($ �3y,kcj� QQ ) OPTION #1: Delete provision for new air handling units 3, 4, 5, and 6. Remove steam coils from existing units, furnish and install new heating water coils with scheduled capacities. Pipe as shown on the drawings. Temperature control contractor's requirements remain unchanged. MATERIALS: T OnT-y FOVA THOWAKDIRWOAV RrFri sten D6040 i, SERVICES: ($ ) TOTAL BID OPTION #1: (DEDUCT) -t! FoVR TlloyiArrO. SEmy d(mosta ($=2(4.7S6.O0 ) F1�r�-tax pocv�R OPTION #2: Delete all provision for installation of new VAV boxes and reheat coils and associated temperature rRcontrols. MATERIALS: [n)j F4v# roeoiy w 147✓ fiVROtED Poar`f rrve 00LL4W ($ — 2 S VIL O v ) SERVICES: ,,TOTAL BID OPTION #2: (DEDUCT) TW�p _pyV Tyt �uyr t�VxDSEa ($ -2r ns" 00 } ` o = true Oou o9tt (Amount shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.) Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written 'Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 180 (ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY) consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to �,,oay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $0 (ZERO) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set 11 .orth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents. s�, Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 28 of the General Instructions to Bidders. bidding. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within fifteen (15) days after notice of award of the contract to him. Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for ---- Dollars ($ — ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of 510 e f- Alp Dollars ($ ), which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within fifteen (15) days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: Secretary Bidder acknowledges receipt of ff e following addenda: Addenda No. 1 Date y -//-O / _ Addenda No. Date 'f -17-o f Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date M/WBE Firm: 2 Date: /,Z Authorized Signature (Printed or Typed Name) l3QuL•E int AlCINC Company t18 St�ro�t r2� Address l aftm City, , L.66o�E County 7 x r31 Znc Y State Zip Code Telephone: X06 - ]qf_?yg Fax: kD6 - LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS Minority Owned Yes No """" 1. O m 0 AN �,Q 11►(S U L T! Old - ❑ � 2. -S•S� 3 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 3 I ++ 1-4 CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT To Be Completed by Bidder And Attached to Bid Submittal I, the undersigned Bidder, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed by me with the below identified Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of ,» Lubbock, I will be able to, within fifteen (15) days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid/proposal. Contractor (Sig ture) Contractor (Print) CONTRACTOR'S FIRM NAME: B¢ycF t-16""Al &t Cbnv,r,Q)ViNB 1AIC (Print or Type ) P" CONTRACTOR'S FIRM ADDRESS: 129 510-roN l.v�,3auc. i x 7gyo Y Name of Agent/Broker: IN Ws1- 6aov - I(Ez„4 Durtnl Address of Agent/Broker: 2 -7 2S- City/State/Zip: L U t 7-x -7 9 y 23 Agent/Broker Telephone Number: ( Y06 ) W S--/ 988 Date: 4- l 1 NOTE TO CONTRACTOR "" If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid/proposal and award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2165. BID #098-01/RS - LUBBOCK BUSINESS CENTER HVAC RENOVATIONS Fad CITY OF LUBBOCK CONTRACTOR NOTIFICATION AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT of the presence of asbestos containing building materials (ACBM) The purpose of this document is to advise the contractor/bidder of the presence and location of ACBM in the building(s) indicated below. The City of Lubbock makes this notification in our continuing effort to comply with all the environmental and human health protection laws associated with asbestos. Lubbock Business Center Building, located at 1301 Broadway, in contains Y Lubbock, asbestos containing building materials (ACBM). The description of the known materials and their locations is listed below. Type / Location: Sprayed on acoustic ceiling material / Most of l` floor Type / Location: 12" X 12" floor the tan / I` floor storage room 2nd floor corridor Type / Location: Troweled -on stucco / covering first floor lobby columns Type / Location: The above should not be considered a complete and/or exhaustive list of ACBM in this structure. Materials can be encased behind walls and not readily visible or accessible. Your signature below indicates your acknowledgement and agreement of the following: 1) You have been notified of the presence and location of known ACBM, 2) You will avoid the disturbance of known ACBM unless trained, licensed, and authorized to do so, and 3) You will advise a City representative in the event of any accidental disturbance of the ACBM listed above. Please return the original, signed version with your bid submittal. Contractor Name: &QUCE ' atbm Tom A -IC IMC, Contractor Representative: $�, 13ynT/N6 utcE o�1��P�T Contractor Signature: Date: Attention Purchasing dept: Please forward the signed document to the Facilities Management department, Attn: Asbestos Coordinator I -" 11 City of Lubbock PURCHASING DEPARTMENT ROOM L04, MUNICIPAL BUILDING 162513 TH STREET LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401 PH: (806)775-2167 FAX:(806)775-2164 http://purchasing.ci.Iubbock.tx.us MAILED TO VENDOR CLOSE DATE: ITB 098-01/RS, Addendum T' ADDENDUM #1 ITB #098-01/RS Lubbock Business Center Heating, Ventilating, and Air conditioning Renovations April 11, 2001 April 19, 2001 @ 2:00 P. M. The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB). Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. 1. In the Specifications, Section 15900: Replace the point chart with the chart that is attached. 2. In the Specifications, Section 15010-10, 1.26: An 8 week down-time period shall be designated, beginning September 29, 2001 and ending November 25, 2001, during which all heating and cooling systems serving 4 the Lubbock Business Center may shut down. The new heating system shall be operational by the end of this period. 3. The time for total project completion shall be 240 days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed by issued the City of Lubbock. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Ron Shuffield, Senior Buyer City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 Questions may be faxed to or Email to: (806)775-2164 Rshuffield@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us THANK YOU, CITY OF LUBBOCK Ron Shuffield Senior Buyer ..� PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY OF THIS ADDENDUM WITH YOUR BID. 098-01Rsaddl it SOLENOID p O CONTACTOR r .. 'A V+ rWO POSITION 'NEUMATIC TRANSDUCER D C C LECTRIC TRANSDUCER 1-20mA MODULE D r 0 0 2 w O 2 o Z 0 Z < Q >RESSURE SWITCH D X 'LOW SWITCH D p 'WITCH CLOSURE D i,UXILARY CONTACT D r in ;o0> Z C 1 D -m =0 v m n Sig, PSIa, PSId DZ Or ch ::E LOW -20mA MODULE QmcoU3� QUIPMENT STATUS p C O AINTENANCE —1 D M -° D m r r > 3 cn Dcn IGH LIMIT D Z D r DW LIMIT UN TIME O M O m -HEDULED START/STOP m Z7 Z VOCCUPIED SETBACK :MPERATURE CONTROL D ;ONOMIZER t11 C Z ✓ERRIDE START/STOP :TPOINT ADJUSTMENT LIMITS 0 )T WATER RESET O Z Z CONTROL RELAY SOLENOID p O CONTACTOR r O rWO POSITION 'NEUMATIC TRANSDUCER D C C LECTRIC TRANSDUCER 1-20mA MODULE D r O O S >RESSURE SWITCH D X 'LOW SWITCH D p 'WITCH CLOSURE D i,UXILARY CONTACT D r in ,URRENT SWITCH Z C 1 'EMPERATURE ;ELATIVE HUMIDITY D Sig, PSIa, PSId DZ Or -1000 OHM LOW -20mA MODULE QUIPMENT STATUS p AINTENANCE —1 D D r r > 3 cn IGH LIMIT D Z D r DW LIMIT UN TIME O O -HEDULED START/STOP C/) O 19 PTIMUM START/STOP VOCCUPIED SETBACK :MPERATURE CONTROL D ;ONOMIZER t11 C Z ✓ERRIDE START/STOP :TPOINT ADJUSTMENT LIMITS 0 )T WATER RESET O Z Apr -17-01 12:18pm From -CITY OF LUMCK-PURCHASING City ofLubbock PURCHASING DEPARTMENT ROOM 1.04. MUNICIPAL BUILDING ` 162513Th STREET LUBSOCK, TEXAS 79401 PH,. (806)775-2167 FAX:(806)775-2164 http:/ipurchaa'fng-cl-lubbocX.tx.us 6067752164 T-254 P.01/01 F-944 ITS 098-61iRs. Addendum #2 ADDENDUM #2 ITB #098-011RS Lubbock Business Center Heating, Ventilating, and Air conditioning Renovations MAILED TO VENDOR: April 17, 2001 r� CLOSE DATE: April 19, 2001 @ 2:00 P. M. The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB). Where any r item called for in the ITS documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. 1. On the drawings, Sheet E2, "Basement Electrical Room Plan - Lower Level" a. Indicate that the new 800 amp switch for the chiller shall be connected to the main bussing in the power switchboard instead of a separate feed from the transformer vault. Drill the bussing in the power switchboard and install lugs as required to accomplish this work, Verify requirements at site. This feed shall consist of two parallel sets of (3 # 600 kcmil & # 110G) in two 3-1/2" conduits. b. Add note #23 to read: N The approximate distance from the 800 amp switch to the new chiller is 100 feet. Contractor shall verify exact distance at site. c. Indicate that the starter and disconnect shown in the northeast comer of the mechanical room is for AHU .-► #3. There shall also be an additional starter and disconnect Installed on the north wall for AHU #4. Run 3 # 6 & # 10G in V conduit to an existing 60A -3P switch in the power switchboard, and connect to serve AHU #4. Install 3 new 60A fuses in existing switch. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Ron Shuffietd, Senior Buyer City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 Questions may be faxed to: (806)775-2164 or Email to: Rshuffield@mail.ci.lubbock.tx,us ^" THANK YOU, CI OF LUB OCK Ron Shuffield Senior Buyer PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY OF THIS ADDENDUM WITH YOUR BID. 698-0111sadd2 •-a CQ Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Baltimore, Maryland A Stock Company Bond Number _ - - - -_ -_ - - - - Know All Men By These Presents: That BRUCE THORNTON AIR CONDITIONING, INC. _ _ _ _ _ _ - of LUBBOCK, TEXAS -------------------------- ------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ,as Principal, and the other undersigned, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto CITY OF LUBBOCK --------------------------------------------------------------------------- as Obligee, in the full and just sum of FIVE PERCENT -OF THE GREATEST AMOUNT BID------------------------------ -------------------------------------- = _ ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- - - - Dollars, lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. Whereas, the said Principal is herewith submitting its proposal LUBBOCK BUSINESS CENTER - HVAC RENOVATIONS The Condition Of This Obligation is such that if the aforsaid Principal shall be awarded the contract the said Principal will, within the time required, enter into a formal contract and give a good and sufficient bond to secure the performance of the terms and conditions of the contract, then this obligation to be void; otherwise the Principal and Surety will pay unto the Obligee the difference in money between the amount of the bid of the said Principal and the amount for which the Obligee legally contracts with another party to perform the work if the latter amount be in excess of the former, but in no event _ «+� shall liability hereunder exceed the penal sum hereof. Signed, sealed and delivered APRIL 19, 2001 --- (Date) _ FOR BRUCE T RNTON AIR CONDITIONING INC. ------- ------------------'------ (Seal) ---------------------------------- - ---------------- (Seal) Fidelity and Guara surance Underwriters, Inc. --------------------------------- isconsin ra' ) --------------------------------- -- ---- r- --" ---------------- --- VIN J. D Attorney-in-fact --------------------------------- Contract 500 (8-94) This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. on September 2, 1998, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company, all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other instruments relating to said business may be signed, executed, and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed as Attorney(s)-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney issued in accordance with these resolutions. Said Power(s) of Attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company, either by the Chairman, or the President, or any Vice President, or an Assistant Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attorney(s)-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and subject to any limitations set forth therein, any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company, and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is validly attached; and RESOLVED FURTHER, that Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall have the power and authority, and, in any case, subject to the terms and limitations of the Power of Attorney issued them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Company to any and all bonds and undertakings, and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by such Attomey(s)-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by an Executive Officer and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company. I, Thomas E. Huibregtse, Assistant Secretary of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand this 19TH �y day of APRIL 2001 ww" 1927 S ��COPPO.R�>f�m W'OFVOFATF��} w iB96 � it/[Vlj � 1977 f, 1951 Thomas E. Huibregtse, Assistant Secretary -SI ihegt ftl Power of Attorney No. POWER OF ATTORNEY Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company 22356 United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Certificate No. 677832 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, and that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Kevin J. Dunn, Fred Davis, Cara Hancock and Harold Binggeli Lubbock Texas of the City of , State , their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings re ti e or e fitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. ,,� 12th January 2001 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrume 1tf ' g ` eal I day of Seaboard Surety Company " v&ted States Fidelity and Guaranty Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insu e�om Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance pa� �. Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Mercury Insurance Come ` ate' x: °0 _._ f'<. o i NltORPdRATfD 927 r epmawtt 3 < f 1977 1951 JOHN E PHINNEY, Vice President O � fGl. �a:5EAL�iso": S83Ljs u� ess s'........a State of Maryland City of Baltimore THOMAS E. HUIBREGTSE, Assistant Secretary On this 12tH day of January 2001 > before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared John F. Phinney and Thomas E. Huibregtse, who acknowledged themselves to be the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the corporate seals of said Companies; and that they, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the names of the corporations by themselves as duly authorized officers. Gr'P EA Y f � "�" In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. W AA No Iq ((Jf C S My Commission expires the 13th day of July, 2002.p9E C,T� a0 REBECCA EASLEY-ONOKALA, Notary Public 86203 Rev. 7-2000 Printed in U.S.A. PERFORMANCE BOND BOND CHECK BEST RATIN, LICENSED IN TEXAS DATE �:2I1jBY et) Bond No. SA 4144 STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) _ OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000) Bruce Thornton Air Conditioning, KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Inc. (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Fou h ndred t it nines thR�} ARdDollars ($439, 841.00-j lawful money of the -e �-�� e� a o� o United States for the payment whereof, the said F n6cipa1l and�Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated thel0thday of May 20 01to Lubbock Business Center HVAC Renovations and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this 15-th day of May , 20 01. Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Bruce Thornton Air Conditioning, Inc. Surety (Company Name) B v I xzj_�� (Title) Kevi J. Dunn (Printe Name Attorney -In -Fact (Signature) (Title) 1 The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates Kevin J. Dunnan agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.' Surety *B (Title vin J. Dunn Attorney—In—Fact Approved as to Form City of Lubbock By: -r City Attorney * Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. PA ii Wd PW TheStPdUl POWER OF ATTORNEY Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Power of Attorney No. 21509 United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Certificate No. 2 3 n 3 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, and that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Kevin J. Dunn, Fred Davis and Cara Hancock of the City of Lubbock , State Texas , their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings requfixed or @xl titted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrumetttOdSig 4 t a , -seal ltjt 8t11 day of January 2000 h Seaboard Surety Company y " toted States Fidelity and Guaranty Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Ins- r-ompaitE� Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian InsuranC o pan + Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Mercury Insurance to -04 SINnETy e�Ftnc 6� o`�II SIN yyry"y ,�� , d�y���V��•}•y pv� (y�p,,..�� t(y/V/—/ 1967 K 9 �1 O0.00R,,)e7� {W itAAyORATE:t^`: �[D �iV ��6 N'."'.M11LU lJ' 'Ol mrO >` SE �• SEAL; N 1898 y9 195 JOHN F. PHINNEY, Vice President o State of Maryland R a • W C City of Baltimore MICHAEL R. MCKIBBEN, Assistant Secretary On this 18th day of January , 2000 before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared John F. Phinney and Michael R. McKibben, who acknowledged themselves to be the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the corporate seals of said Companies; and that they, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the names of the corporations by themselves as duly authorized officers. I, EAAdj In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.e Norq 1 ! %4 My Commission expires the 13th day of July, 2002. CITt �p REBECCA EASLEY-ONOKALA, Notary Public 86203 Rev. 11-99 Printed in U.S.A. This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. on September 2, 1998, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company, all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other instruments relating to said business may be signed, executed, and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed as Attorney(s)-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney issued in accordance with these resolutions. Said Power(s) of Attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company, either by the Chairman, or the President, or any Vice President, or an Assistant Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attomey(s)-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and subject to any limitations set forth therein, any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company, and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is validly attached; and RESOLVED FURTHER, that Attomey(s)-in-Fact shall have the power and authority, and, in any case, subject to the terms and limitations of the Power of Attorney issued them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Company to any and all bonds and undertakings, and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by such Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by an Executive Officer and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company. I, Michael R. McKibben, Assistant Secretary of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand this 15th day of May 2001 SURETY P 4 �mfi 4 \�N 'NS4;P,00AUglF%! I! CAQPORA :O ,W MC G ssisL:3= N tw`'F° < 1.977 1951 Michael R. McKibben, Assistant Secretary OFNE`N ""'Nmn nuN a1S�ANr✓*� ,,,,,, �%AKt �p \"'i d To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1-800-421 388 and ask for the"Power o the above-named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power xs"'( ached ' 3 clerk. Please refer to the Power of Attorney number, BOND CHECK BEST RATING LICENSED TEXAS BATE BY PAYMENT BOND Bond No. SA 4144 STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $25,000) Bruce Thornton Air �. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Conditioning, Inc. (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. (hereinafter called the Sur ty(s), as Surety(sh) are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the our hundred thirt nine th Obligee), in the amount of�o; ryh, ,,-'„ R}�-Dollars ($ 439,841.00 ) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 10th day of May 20_.Q—1, to Lubbock Business Center HVAC Renovations and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as F if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this 15th day of May 2001 . Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Surety *By. ` Title) Kev' J. Dunn, Attorney -In -Fact Bruce Thornton Air Conditioning, Inc. (Company Name) I By: &0#44'071 b (Printed Name) (Signature) 6.1 t/rc� �/1P1,�Pr�r (Title) The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby — designates Kevin J.. Dunn an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. to Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Surety Inc. *B . (Title) Avin J. Dunn Attorney—In—Fact Approved as to form: City of Lubbock By:^—-- i y Attorney * Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. h 2 ".' m DeStftl POWER OF ATTORNEY Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Power of Attorney No. 21509 United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Certificate No. 236-30,66 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, and that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Kevin J. Dunn, Fred Davis and Cara Hancock of the City of Lubbock , State Texas , their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings re uq" wed or erlttitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. �g IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrume 10, ee s V eale t1i 8t11 day of J1IIU3IV 2000 R Seaboard Surety Company I " nited States Fidelity and Guaranty Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insu eompatt + Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insuran pan),i Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Mercury Insurance 60 - i E 9 � {pRPOgAj �i { 3 PPORR) �t mIo6.S8ALj3 ``n t896 `19%7 JOHN F. PHINNEY, Vice President ,.a State of Maryland 11 `" '� R • W- 4t, City of Baltimore MICHAEL R. MCKIBBEN, Assistant Secretary On this 18tH day of January 12000 before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared John F. Phinney and Michael R. McKibben, who acknowledged themselves to be the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the corporate seals of said Companies; and that they, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the names of the corporations by themselves as duly authorized officers. r,pk EA *0 :A- A44 - r^,f-kA& In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. e pOErARy 9 U�UC My Commission expires the 13th day of July, 2002. ay�9fC04 �o REBECCA EASLEY-ONOKALA, Notary Public 86203 Rev. 11-99 Printed in U.S.A. This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. on September 2, 1998, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company, all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other instruments relating to said business may be signed, executed, and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed as Attomey(s)-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney issued in accordance with these resolutions. Said Power(s) of Attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company, either by the Chairman, or the President, or any Vice President, or an Assistant Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attomey(s)-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and subject to any limitations set forth therein, any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company, and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is validly attached; and RESOLVED FURTHER, that Attomey(s)-in-Fact shall have the power and authority, and, in any case, subject to the terms and limitations of the Power of Attorney issued them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Company to any and all bonds and undertakings, and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by such Attomey(s)-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by an Executive Officer and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company. I, Michael R. McKibben, Assistant Secretary of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand this 15th day of May 2 1 Y��+!� '� Tro '%ZE � LOP PORA)t:�m � �pPPOkA%r t� i � IX zppi P9�92y o �..SEBLlo%� SBALas°: u 1896 CFthVi �nn,,.,,,1Sp AN .T To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1 -800 -421 -388,6,",q -'ii the above-named individuals and the details of the bond to which the pbwer 311 1977 1951 Michael R. McKibben, Assistant Secretary clerk. Please refer to the Power of Attorney number, IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 7 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 FAX # (512)475-1771 PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent or the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 174CORDn CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE °ATE5M�om) 1..4DUCER 915-570-3456 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION NLY ANDUPOTHE CERTIFICATE The InWeSt Group, Inc. HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOESSNOT A ND. EXTEND OR ALM THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. 11 O North Marienfeid Suite 330 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVE GE Midland, TX 79701 TYPE OF INSURANCE COMPANY A Highlands Insurance CompanyU) DATE (MMIDDIYY) i I, URO BRUCE THORNTON AIR COMPANY Utica Lloyd's of Texas CONDITIONING, INC. dba A 128 Slaton Road OP0201215 COMPANY C Highlands Underwriters Ins. Lubbock TX 79404 GENERAL AGGREGATE 0 COMPANY Fireman's Fund Ins. Co. - X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY rrnnw THIS - IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT. TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE (0AMIDD" DATE (MMIDDIYY) i A Q NIAAI LIABIIM OP0201215 9/23/00 9123101 GENERAL AGGREGATE 0 2000000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG D 2000000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY 9 1000000 t, -LAIN$ MADE OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE 0 1 OOD000 OWNEA'S 6 CONTRACTOR'S PR07 FIRE DAMAGE fAny ane fire) a 50000 MED EXP /Any one pareon) a 5000 y AUTOMOBILE UAIMLTTY BAP2345968-2 9123100 9123101 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT e 1000000 X ANY AUTO +ew ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY e /Per pasonl SCHEDULED AUTOS X HIRED AUTOSggppDILOr acY INJURY 8 IPcident) X NON -OWNED AUTOS PROPERTY DAMAGE e AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT e GARAGE LIABILITY OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: ANY AUTO EACH ACCIDENT e PEXCESS AGGREGATE e BX$203066 9/23/00 9123101 EACH OCCURRENCE a 5000000 UMUTY X UMBRELLA FORM AGGREGATE e OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM b b— C WORKERSCOMPPEATIONAND SWC200676 9/23/00 9123!01 vER CT's EMPLOYERS'EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY EL EACH ACCIDENT 1 1000000 THE PRO R' WCL EL DISEASE - POLICY uMrr 0 1000000_ PAHTNERSJO[ECUTIVER EL DISEASE - FA EMPLOYEE 10 1000000 OFFICERS ARE: EXCL p OTHERMX197701031 9123/00 9123101 $300,000 Per Proiect Installation 53,000,000 Per Disaster Floater IPSCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSfL°CATIONSIVEHICLESISPECIAL ITEMS Additional Jnsured on all policies except WC and Waiver of Subrogation on all policies in favor of certificate holder as required by written contract. Fax #►: (8063 775-2164 Project -Lubbock Business Center HVAC Renovations CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION _ .- • SHOULD ANY OF THE A90YE pEBORIBED POUCIES BE cMCELIM BEFORE THE CITY OF LUBBOCK EXPIRATION DATE THWOF, THE IS6U111112 COMPANY WILL ENDFAVOA TD MAIL Attn: Tina 10 DAYS WRnmm NOTICE To THE CERrff7CATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. BUT FAILURE TO MAR SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY P.O. Box 2000 OF N IM COMPANY, ITS AOENTs OR REPRESENTArnSB. wsn I Lubbock, TX 79457 AUTHOR/ E0 0 ACORD CORPORATION. -,t688- ACOAD 26-6 111951 W. ACORD�, CERT/FIC ' � ���'Y�I DATE 5/14101 141 Y) 4/01 915-570-3456 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION PRODUCER The InWest Group, Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE 110 North Marienfeld Suite 330 COMPANY Midland, TX 79701 A Highlands Insurance CompanyU) INSURED COMPANY BRUCE THORNTON AIR B Utica Lloyd's of Texas ' CONDITIONING, INC. dba 128 Slaton Road COMPANY Highlands Underwriters Ins. Lubbock TX 79404 ' COMPANY Fireman's Fund Ins. Co. D COVERAGES THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ' CO LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE IMM/DD/YY) POLICY EXPIRATION DATE (MM/DD/YY) LIMITS A GENERAL UABIUTY BP0201215 9/23/00 9/23/01 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2000000 PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2000000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PERSONAL &ADV INJURY $ 1000000 CLAIMS MADE a OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1000000 OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S PROT FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) $ 50000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5000 B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY BAP2346969-2 9/23/00 9/23/01 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1000000 ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY $ ALL OWNED AUTOS rX� (Per person) SCHEDULED AUTOS BODILY INJURY HIRED AUTOS (Per accident) NON -OWNED AUTOS - PROPERTY DAMAGE $ GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT_ $ OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: ANY AUTO EACH ACCIDENT $ AGGREGATE $ A EXCESS LIABILITY BXS203066 9/23/00 9/23/01 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5000000 AGGREGATE $ X UMBRELLA FORM $ OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM C WORKERS COMPENSATION AND BWC800676 9/23/00 9/23/01 TORY LIMITS OER EL EACH ACCIDENT $ 1000000 EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY EL DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1000000 THE PROPRIETOR/ INCL EL DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1 000000 PARTNERS/EXECUTIVE OFFICERS ARE: EXCL D OTHER MX197701031 9/23/00 9/23/01 Installation $300,000 Per Project Floater $3,000,000 Per Disaster DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSfVEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS Project: Lubbock Business Center HVAC Renovations *Y",*^ X ,, CERTIFICATE HOLDER CSI IO�If TDiiM .:5 . SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE City of Lubbock EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL PO BOX 2000 10 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, Lubbock, TX 79457 BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF AN D ftN ATHE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHOR[ RESE ..,.. ACORD25 5'(1795) ® ACORD CORPORATION 19$8 W r� �.., CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE N Pak am TO: CITY OF LUBBOCK DATE: P.O. BOX 2000 LUBBOCK, TX 79457 TYPE OF PROJECT: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT (Name and Address of Insured) is, at the date of this certificate, insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the typed of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by this company, the further hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted hereon. TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE LIMITS DATE DATE GENERAL LIABILITY ❑ Commercial General Liability General Aggregate $ ❑ Claims Made Products-Comp/Op AGG $ ❑ Occurrence Personal & Adv. Injury $ D Owner's & Contractors Protectivi Each Occurrence $ Fire Damage (Any one Fire) Med Exp (Any one Person) AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY D Any Auto Combined Single Limit $ ❑ All Owned Autos Bodily Injury (Per Person) $ ❑ Scheduled Autos Bodily Injury (Per Accident) ❑ Hired Autos Property Damage $ ❑ Non -Owned Autos GARAGE LIABILITY 0 Any Auto Auto Only - Each Accident $ 0 Other than Auto Only: Each Accident $ Aggregate $ ❑ BUILDER'S RISK ❑ 100% of the Total Contract Pri $ ❑ INSTALLATION FLOATER $ EXCESS LIABILITY ❑ Umbrella Form Each Occurrence $ Aggregate $ ❑ Other Than Umbrella Form $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY The Proprietor/ 0 Included Statutory Limits Partners/Executive 0 Excluded Each Accident $ Officers are: Disease Policy Limit $ Disease -Each Employee $ OTHER The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provide that the may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than the legal time required after the insured has received written notice of such change or rollcancellation, or In case there is no legal requirement, in less than five days in advance of cancellation. FIVE COPIES OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ,�. MUST BE SENT TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK (Name of Insurer) By: Title: 1 CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST A CONTRACTOR SHALL: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing — services on the project; and (B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 -point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: 2 REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE .•� "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512)440- 3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and (8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this rule; (D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten) 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 3 CONTRACT I:C6yQ"ZMTM STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK P, THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 10th day of May, 2001 by and between the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and Bruce Thornton Air Conditioning, Inc. of the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock and the State of Texas hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: BID #098-01/RS - LUBBOCK BUSINESS CENTER HVAC RENOVATIONS - $439,841.00 and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance ell and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the year and day first above written. ATTEST: Secretary NTO CONTENT: APPROVED AS TO FORM: 4y Attorney ATTEST: Corpor to ecretary F --.w CONTRACTOR: Will! z A 1111,111,11 PRINTED NAME: TITLE: 11icr Ay11 oo' COMPLETE ADDRESS: Bruce Thornton Air Conditioning, Inc. 128 Slaton Road Lubbock, Texas 79404 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT 1. OWNER Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. 2. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co- partnership or corporation, to wit BRUCE THORNTON AIR CONDITIONING INC. who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or their legal representative. 3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative GARY SMITH, FACILITIES MANAGER, so designated who will inspect constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisors or inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor w or persons acting on behalf of the Contractor. 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. The above described materials are sometimes referred to herein as the "contract" or "contract documents". 5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 6. SUBCONTRACTOR The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. 7. WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address known to the party who gives the notice. 8. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence., labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless 1 otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents — has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 10. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. 12. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. Owner's Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor will Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the Owner's Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 13. LINES AND GRADES All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever Owner's Representative deems said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense. 14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative has the authority to review all work included herein. The Owner's Representative has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to ensure the proper execution of the contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be conclusive in the absence of written objection to same delivered to Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) 2 0 calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's Representative. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said .., material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within fifteen (15) calendar days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for its decision. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions given to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor. The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING a It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the -prosecution of the ` work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the contract documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, or Owner's Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all modifications and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's Representative and Contractor. Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 18. CHARACTER OF WORKERS The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance in the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform Contractor in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such man or c men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's Representative's written consent. M 3 19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted. The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 20. SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced. 21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation that may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Representative has _ previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any such work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective, and shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance _ with the requirements of the contract documents. 22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not in conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense. 4 P-1 23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 24. EXTRA WORK The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean,and include all work that may be required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractor's bid, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein. It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods: Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field cost of the extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent; or (2) the amount that would have been charged by a reasonable and prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for performance of the extra work. In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." 5 -1 No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as provided under Method (C)(1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before the commencement of any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived. 25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the bid, the specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owners' Representative and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for'all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of bids. 26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the -- Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in any manner whatsoever, omission, execution and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, 6 28. are intended as reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-insurance, rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to the City in conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver.. The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance a specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution. The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City of Lubbock as an additional insured, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from the Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be subcontracted. It shall be the contractors responsibility to provide to the owner all proof of coverage insurance documents including workers compensation coverage for each p'+ subcontractor. A. General Liability Insurance The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $1,000.000.00 Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include: Premises and Operations Explosion & Collapse Hazard Underground Damage Hazard Products & Completed Operations Hazard Contractual Liability Independent Contractors Coverage Personal Injury Advertising Injury B. Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance. r»+ For bodily injuries, including accidental death and or property damage, $0.00 Combined Single Limit. This policy shall be submitted prior to contract execution. x, C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than; Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $500,000.00 Combined Single Limit, Owl-, to include all owned and non -owned cars including: Employers Non -ownership Liability Hired and Non -owned Vehicles. The City is to be named as an additional insured on this policy for this specific job 7 and copy of the endorsement doing so is to be attached to the Certificate of Insurance. D. Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance. The Contractor shall obtain.a Builder's Risk policy in the amount of 100% of the total contract price (100% of potential loss) naming the City of Lubbock as insured. E. Umbrella Liability Insurance The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of $0 on all contracts with coverage to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability coverages. F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $500,000.00. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC- 83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096, Texas Labor Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner - operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. 'Services does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. 3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. 4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. 5. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the governmental entity: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and [;Q PwN (b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. 6 The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and - for one year thereafter. 7. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. 8. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the project, to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person - providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; - (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; r-� (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance MIMI carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance 9 Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the �- governmental entity. G. Proof of Coverage Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company setting forth: (1) The name and address of the insured. (2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies. (3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the address shown in the bid specifications. (6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or — cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate. (7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable. — (8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project. (9) A Contractor shall: (a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; �. (c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one — year thereafter; 10 (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type ,•, and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or ,w materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 592/440.3789 to receive information of the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage;" and (h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the following language: "By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate, of'coverage, the person signing this contract is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the person signing this contract who will �., provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reprinting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the # Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions."; ,.. (iv) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; ,.� (v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the OWN project; and 11 (2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (i) -(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment. 30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALME_N, AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees, harmless against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising out of, in any way, manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance of this contract and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work furnished by any of those designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within five (5) days after demand is made, then Owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness shall remain unpaid, in addition to any statutory retainage rights it may have, withhold from the unpaid portion of this contract, a sum equal to the amount of such unpaid indebtedness or may apply the sum so withheld to discharge any such indebtedness. 31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner thereof. Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's Representative prior to bidding. 12 I@ 32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES °" The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any claims arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or subcontractors. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall notify the Owner's Representative'in writing prior to bidding and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. In the absence of timely written notification to Owner's Representative of such variance or variances within said time, any objection and/or assertion that the plans and specifications are at variance with any federal, state or local laws, ordinances or regulations shall be deemed waived. If the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors ,•, perform any work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. 33. SUBCONTRACTING The Contractor agrees that it will retain personal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from its full obligations to the Owner, as provided by the contract documents. 34. TIME FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and time for completion as specified in the contract documents, of work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced as provided in the contract documents. If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $0 ZERO) PER DAY, not as a ` penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every working day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for substantially completing the work. r-+ It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because the actual damages the Owner would sustain in such event would be difficult and/or impossible to estimate, however, the amount v : agreed upon herein is a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and is expressly agreed to be not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach. IT IS FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER THAT TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT. 35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be allowed to prosecute its work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution ` shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that 13 when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by its own force, the Owner's Representative may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized. The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative, schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. 36. TIME OF PERFORMANCE The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly agrees that it shall not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same setting forth all justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty (20) calendar days of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to affirmatively grant the extension no later than twenty (20) calendar days of written submission by Contractor shall be deemed a denial, and final. Further, in the absence of timely written notification of such delay and request for extension, as provided herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived., 37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS In executing the contract, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made,allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in securing material or workmen, or any other cause or occurrence._ No charge shall be made by the Contractor for hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their bids offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done and materials to be furnished are expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project. 39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and Contractor shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. Without limiting, in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner, and any of its officers, agents and employees, 14 r*. against any and all claims or damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, related to, arising from or growing out of the performance of this contract. 40. PRICE FOR WORK In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the bid proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by Contractor and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative. 41. PAYMENTS No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner, Owner's agents and employees, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract. 42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for partial payment or, if the Contractor does not submit such application, the Owner's Representative shall determine the amount to be partially paid. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment if submitted, and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order, shall prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month. The determination of the partial payment by the Owner's •�+ Representative shall be in accordance with Paragraph 14 hereof. The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by Owner under the terms of the contract documents. !+ Any partial payment made hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any and all other rights to enforce the express terms of the contract documents, and all remedies provided therein, as to any and all work performed, to be performed and/or materials delivered hereunder, including, but limited to, work to which said partial payment is attributable. 43. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative written notice of substantial completion. Within thirty-one (31) working days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and/or the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time, if the work be found to be substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor a certificate of substantial completion. Notwithstanding the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, Contractor shall proceed with diligence to finally complete the work within the time provided in this contract. s^ 44. FINAL COMPLETION AND PAYMENT 15 The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of final completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final completion has occurred. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion, Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31 st working day after the date of certification of final completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty or warranties implied by law or otherwise. 45. CORRECTION OF WORK Contractor shall promptly remove from Owner's premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which — shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's Representative. 46. PAYMENT WITHHELD The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of: (a) Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed. (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims. (c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for materials or labor. (d) Damage to another contractor. When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 47. CLAIM OR DISPUTE It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner shall be a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right under this Contract. If the matters set forth in the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's Representative, said objections shall be deemed denied. Any decision by the Owner's Representative, or deemed denial by the Owner's Representative, shall be final and conclusive in the absence of fraud. It is further agreed that the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any and all claims of the Contractor, and constitute a waiver of the right to assert any claim against Owner, Owner's agents and employees and Owner's Representative, by Contractor. 48. NON-COMPLIANCE AND/OR ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR In case the Contractor should (1) abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within fifteen (15) calendar days after written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or (2) if the Contractor fails to comply with the 16 written orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, then the Surety on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the Contractor. In the event a bond is not required by law, or otherwise obtained by the Contractor, no further notice of such non-compliance to Contractor shall be required. After receiving said notice of abandonment or non-compliance , the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra'Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will Ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. In the event the Contractor, or Surety, whichever is applicable, should fail to commence compliance with the notice hereinbefore provided within ten (10) calendar days after service of such notice, and/or shall fail to proceed with diligence to complete the project as contemplated and in compliance with all terms and provisions of the contract documents, then the Owner may exercise any and all remedies available to it pursuant to law, contract, equity or otherwise, including, but not limited to, providing for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as maybe due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have,.been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or ' (b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. Should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith. In the event the Owner's Representative elects to complete the work, as described above, when the work shall have been finally completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certification of completion as provided in paragraph 44 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certification of completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail'to pay the amount due the Owner within the time 4 _ designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the .� Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the 17 date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies that remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his Surety, if applicable, to their proper owners. The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent permitted by law. It is expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in this paragraph shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its exercise of remedies hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies available to it, by law, equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided in paragraph 34, hereinabove set forth. 49. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S REMEDY The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually — performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the project which is the subject matter of this contract. 50. BONDS The Contractor is required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the Contractor is required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. All bonds shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. It is further agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so furnished. 51. SPECIAL CONDITIONS In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. 52. LOSS OR EXPENSE DUE TO UNUSUAL OR UNANTICIPATED CIRCUMSTANCES Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance or from unusual — obstructions or difficulties, naturally occurring, man made or otherwise, which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. 53. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise, and control its own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's work during Contractor's performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation. 54. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the completion of the work Contractor shall remove all such debris and also its tools, scaffolding, and surplus 18 QQ PON r materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor. 55. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND ASBESTOS Hazardous Substances (herein so called), as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.S. §9601(14)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as same may be amended from time to time, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, in any form, shall not (i) be utilized, in any way, manner or form, in the construction of, or incorporation into, the Project; or (ii) be brought upon, placed, or located, by any party, on the Project site, or any other property of the City, without the written consent of the Owner's Representative. If Contractor believes that the utilization of a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos is necessary in the construction of the Project, or that it is necessary to place and/or otherwise locate upon the site of the Project or other property of the City, a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative, and request consent therefrom, at least twenty (20) days prior to such action. Owner's Representative may grant or deny the request of Contractor and provide whatever requirements such consent, if granted, is conditioned upon, in its sole and absolute discretion. if the request of Contractor is not granted, or otherwise not responded to, by Owner's Representative within five (5) days of the receipt of said request, said request shall be deemed to be denied. In the event Owner's Representative shall consent to the request of Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all personnel involved in the Project are (i) trained for the level of expertise required for proper performance of the actions contemplated by this Contract and, in particular, in all aspects of handling, storage, disposal and exposure of Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos; and (ii) are provided and utilize all protective equipment, including without limitation, personal protective gear, necessary to provide protection from exposure to Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos. 19 OP% i w, n CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS n erg ear, RE: RESOLUTION NO. 6262, ITEM NO. 39, APRIL 8, 1999 EXHIBIT A City of Lubbock Building Construction Trades Prevailing Rates Craft Acoustical Ceiling Installer Air Conditioner Installer Air Conditioner Installer -Helper Asbestos Worker Asbestos Supervisor Bricklayer Bricklayer -Helper Carpenter Carpenter -Helper Cement Finisher Drywall Hanger Electrician Electrician -Helper Equipment Operator -Heavy Equipment Operator -Light Floor Installer Glazier Insulator-Piping/Boiler Insulator -Helper Iron Worker Laborer -General Mortar Mixer Painter Plumber Plumber -Helper Roofer Roofer -Helper Sheet Metal Worker Sheet Metal Worker -Helper Welder -Certified 1 Hourly Rate 11.50 12.50 6.25 9.00 12.50 12.50 7.00 11.00 7.00 8.00 11.00 13.75 7.00 9.50 8.50 9.50 10.50 11.50 7.00 11.00 6.00 6.00 9.50 12.50 7.00 9.00 7.00 10.00 7.00 11.00 EXHIBIT B Paving and Highway Construction Prevailing Wage Rates Craft Hourly Rate Asphalt Heaterman 9.00 Asphalt Shoveler 6.00 Concrete Finisher 8.00 Concrete Finisher -Helper 7.00 Electrician 12.00 Flagger 6.00 Form Setter 7.00 Form Setter -Helper 6.25 Laborer -General 6.00 Laborer -Utility 6.75 Mechanic 8.00 Mechanic -Helper 7.00 Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Paving Machine 7.75 Bulldozer 8.00 Concrete Paving Machine 7.75 Front End Loader 7.25 Heavy Equipment Operator 8.00 Light Equipment Operator 7.25 Motor Grader Operator 9.50 Roller 6.75 Scraper 7.25 Tractor 7.25 Truck Driver -Light 6.50 Truck Driver -Heavy 7.00 2 EXHIBIT C Prevailing Wage Rates Overtime Rate The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. EXHIBIT D Prevailing Wage Rates Legal Holiday Rate The rate for legal holidays shall be as required by the fair Labor Standards Act. { g �,, 3 SPECIFICATIONS a, , t^" r TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS HVAC RENOVATIONS FOR THE LUBBOCK BUSINESS CENTER CITY OF LUBBOCK LUBBOCK, TEXAS OF OF QAVID J. E�eit,j6. 0 �� .••�, �` �w• ♦ 0••'• •u0oc •srr•>j sr •r}� raw. ' �` $'4 b 63776 blew JQHhJ A. FANNING A ♦5„i` em.40 �s og. r.�s,.r.ecn• .r.....�. a z, SUBMITTED BY FANNING, FANNING & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 255574 TH STREET LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79423 FEBRUARY, 2001 06100 06200 09100 09200 15010 1510 15210 15220 15230 15311 15410 15550 15610 15900 16010 16110 16210 16310 16411 16510 HVAC RENOVATIONS BUSINESS CENTER CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS INDEX Rough Carpentry Finish Carpentry Painting Gypsum Drywall General Provisions for Mechanical and Electrical Piping and Accessories Chilled Water Systems Heating Water Systems Marking and Identification Air Distribution Insulation Equipment Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Mechanical Systems Temperature Regulation Raceways Conductors Wiring Devices Grounding Lighting Motors and Equipment Controls and Wiring LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 06100- 1 99086 ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 — ROUGH CARPENTRY .�, PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 NOTE A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SCOPE A. Perform all Work required to complete the Rough Carpentry indicated by the Contract Documents and furnish all supplementary items necessary for its proper execution and completion of the Project. B. Rough Carpentry for concrete formwork is specified in the Concrete Section and is not included in the work for this Section. C. Applicable requirements of the following Sections of this Project Manual apply to all work .* under this Section. 1. Uniform General Conditions 2. Supplementary General Conditions 3. Special Conditions PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Douglas Fir: Kiln dried 19% maximum moisture content, graded and grade -marked according to WCLIB Grading and Dressing Rules No. 15, Construction Grade, S4S. B. Southern Yellow Pine: Kiln dried 1,5% maximum_ moisture content, graded and grade -marked "^ according to SPIB, No. S4S. C. Douglas Fir Plywood: Group 1, B -B, EXT-DFPA, sanded 2 sides. D. Rough Hardware: All nails, spikes screws, bolts and similar items of types and sizes sufficient to draw and rigidly secure members for which they are to be used. E. Fire Retardants: "Flame Proof' by the Oamose Company, or "Non -Com" by the Koppers a Company, ASTM E84, U.L. approved. Treat all wood blocking and other permanent exposed .,, and non -exposed wood members used throughout the project. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION 06100-2 ROUGH CARPENTRY A. Perform all work in accordance with the best standards of practice relating to the trade. B. Plan and layout carefully work as required to carry out the intent of the drawings and to properly accommodate the work of other trades. C. Saw -cut accurately all lumber, and fit into the respective locations, true to line, grade, plumb and level. D. Secure permanently in proper position with proper fastenings to render all parts rigid. E. Bore holes for bolts true to line and of the same diameter as the bolts. Drive bolts into place with a tight fit, and provide plates or washers. F. Form nailing blocks and bucks to the shape and dimension indicated on the drawings or as required to suit the particular purpose. G. Secure blocking firmly in precise position required to receive, support and engage the several parts of the work. H. Furnish and install nails, screws, bolts, anchors, washers, clips, shields and other rough hardware necessary to complete work. I. Provide temporary enclosures, partitions, stairs, etc., necessary to properly protect and facilitate the work. J. Cut and frame all timbers and wood work required by the various other trades for the completion of their work. K. Provide all lumber required for scaffolding and protection of finished work. L. Provide all wood blocks, nailing strips, grounds, door bucks, furring and etc. M. Frame, anchor, tie and mutually brace all members to develop the strength and rigidity required for the purpose for which they are to be used. Do not stress members in excess of the designed strength. N. Consult Plumbing, Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning, Electrical and other trades and erect all backing, grounds, furring, etc., necessary for the proper support for their work and fixtures. O. Do all cutting, fitting, fabricating, erecting, edging, blocking, nailing and securing of all items of rough hardware throughout, including all furring, blocking, screws, nailers, and etc. P. Building in items where indicated on drawings or required for the attachment of finish work. Shape and install work to provide solid and adequate surfaces for securing and connecting work in its proper position. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 06100-3 V• 99086 ROUGH CARPENTRY 3.2 CLEANING i A. Repair or replace defective materials. B. Remove stain and soil that would show through finish or interfere with painting. ' C. Repair or replace work damaged after installation. D. Remove excess materials and debris away from Site. END OF SECTION M LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 06200-1 99086 FINISH CARPENTRY SECTION 06200 — FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 NOTE A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SCOPE A. Perform all Work required to complete the Finish Carpentry indicated by the Contract Documents and furnish all supplementary items necessary for its proper installation. B. Applicable requirements of the following Sections of this Project Manual apply to all work under this Section. 1. Uniform General Conditions 2. Supplementary General Conditions 3. Special Conditions 1.3 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Material manufactured by any of the following manufacturers is approved, provided it complies with the Contract Documents. 1. Plastic Laminate 2. Nevamar Company, Div. of National Plastics Products Company, Inc. 3. Westinghouse Electric Corp., Micarta Division 4. Ralph Wilson Plastics Company 1.4 SUBMITTALS "^ A. Shop Drawings: 1. Show sizes, quantities, markings, materials, finishes and installed hardware. !* 2. Draw profiles, sections and views of items especially manufactured for this work, at a scale large enough to permit checking for design conformity, but not less than 3" equal to 1'-0". 3. Make assembly and installation drawings to show methods of fastening, bracing and connecting to work of other trades. Note and mark sufficiently to indicate compliance with requirements of these specifications. . , B. Samples: Submit full range of samples of each type laminated plastic specified for color and/or pattern selection. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 06200-2 99086 FINISH CARPENTRY 1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Do not bring trim materials and millwork items into building until receiving spaces are thoroughly dry. B. Store and handle materials and assembled work to prevent damage. Protect finished surfaces form soiling and staining. Repair or replace damaged work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Hardware Lumber: Graded in accordance with AWI grading standards for grade specified. B. Hardware Plywood: Manufactured and graded in accordance with CS 35 and the Hardware Plywood Institute. Face and back veneer grade selected in accordance with AWI standards for grade specified. C. Softwood Lumber: Graded in accordance with AWI grading standards for grade specified. D. Softwood Plywood: Manufactured and graded in accordance with "Product Standard PS -1-66 for Softwood Plywood/Construction and Industrial", by the APA. Face and back veneer grade selected in accordance with AWI standards for grade specified. E. Nails: All wire nailers except for exterior trim shall be galvanized steel or aluminum; Fed. Spec. FF -N-105. F. Wood Screws: Brass; Fed. Spec. FF -S -11a. G. Bolts and Nuts: Fed. Spec. FF -B-571 and FF -B-575. H. Toggle Bolts: Fed. Spec. FF -B-588. I. Expansion Items: Expansion shields, expansion nails and anchoring drive screws; Fed. Spec. FF -S-325. J. Particle Board: Novoply by U. S. Plywood. K. Plastic Laminate Surfacing: High pressure thermosetting melamine laminate conforming to NEMA Publication No. LD -1, Part 3, 1/16" thick, face sheet, colors as selected from Wilson Art Velvet Finish Solid Colors; .020 inch thick backing sheet; 1/32" thick for vertical surfacing. L. Adhesives and Glues: Craze resistant urea -formaldehyde or phenolresorciriol type adhesive for face veneers and plastic surfacing materials. Waterproof type for gluing under pressure or electric wood welder for cabinet work. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 06200-3 99086 1 FINISH CARPENTRY M. Fire Retardants: "Flame Proof', by the Osmose Company, or "Non -Com", by the Koppers Company; ASTM E84, UL labeled for 25 max. flame spread. Reduce moisture content to 12% after treatment. All wood. 2.2 WORKMANSHIP AND ASSEMBLY A. Assemble al finished work at the shop in the largest possible sections and deliver to the building ready for installation. Give members a trial fit at the shop to ensure proper and expeditious field assembly if work cannot be shop assembled. B. Joint shop assemblies with mortise and tenon, dowels or glued blocks where practicable, with assemblies rigidly secured and permanently fastened together. C. Make mortises and tenons of such sizes as will provide maximum strength in the assembled joint. Fit tenons and mortises as completely and tightly as practicable and make blind tenons wherever through tenons would show in the finish work. D. Construction and workmanship shall meet AWI quality standards for Premium grade unless otherwise specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine drawings and specifications with respect to the work as shown on the drawings or required herein to ensure its completeness. Supplementary parts necessary to complete each item, though not definitely shown or specified, shall be included. B. Examine all surfaces to which work is to be applied and notify the Engineer in writing if any surfaces are not in a suitable condition to receive this work. C. Verify all dimensions in the field and take particular care to align with line and transit all joints and recesses, where required, with the building module lines. D. Coordinate the work with that of other trades affected by installation, with particular attention • given to the timely furnishings and installation of wood grounds, nailers and blocking so as not to delay job progress. E. Treat all blocking and framing lumber and other wood members used in contact with concrete, masonry, plaster or other damp material in accordance with AWPI. Brush coat surfaces that have been cut after treatment. Air season all lumber for not less than 30 days before covering with finishing materials. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 06200-4 99086 FINISH CARPENTRY 3.2 MOLDINGS AND TRIM A. Construct moldings and trim work from plastic laminate to match existing surfaces. Size and shape shall match existing moldings. 3.3 CLEANING A. Remove soil, stains, paint, prints and adhered matter from exposed parts of hardware. Remove foreign matter that could affect operation of hardware. Clean adjacent surfaces of soiling incurred during installation of hardware. B. Repair or replace damaged or defective materials. Remove stain and soil that would show through finish or interface with painting. C. Remove excess materials and debris from site. END OF SECTION LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 SECTION 09100 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 09100-1 PAINTING 1.1 NOTE A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials. 1.3 SAMPLES A. Submit in triplicate. B. Prepare on heavy cardboard (not corrugated) size 6x6, identified on back. C. No finishing shall be done prior to approval of samples. 1.4 SCOPE A. This section of the specifications comprises the furnishing of all labor, materials, transportation, tools and appliances and in performing all operations in connection with the painting of all surfaces specified. B. The Contractor shall thoroughly examine the other sections of the specifications for provisions regarding painting. He shall understand that all surfaces that are left unfinished by the requirements of other sections shall be painted or finished under this section of the work. PART 2 —PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Sherwin-Williams B. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Inc. C. Pratt and Lambert Co. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 09100-2 99086 PAINTING 2.2 MATERIALS A. Deliver in new containers with unbroken seals, with labels intact. B. Use in strict accord with manufacturer's directions. C. Unless noted otherwise, Sherwin-Williams materials and designations have been used in these specifications as a guide to quality and type paint desired. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 STORAGE A. Store all materials in single place designated by Contractor and approved Engineer. B. Keep space neat and clean. Any damage thereto shall be made good by this Contractor. C. Remove each night all oily rags and waste and take every reasonable precaution against fire. 3.2 WORKMANSHIP A. Work shall be performed by skilled workmen in accordance with established good painting procedure as set forth by the specifications of the painting and decorating contractors of America. B. The Contractor shall submit a request for approval for each coat of paint applied. C. Surfaces to which paint is to be applied shall be dry and clean. No painting shall be done outside in extreme cold, frosty, foggy or damp weather. No painting shall be done in dusty areas. D. Paint shall not be applied to either wet, damp or greasy surfaces, and in no case, unless the preceeding coat is dry and hard. E. Painting done during winter weather shall be done only when the temperature is 50 degrees above Fahrenheit, or over, and all surfaces absolutely dry. F. Iron and steel (non -galvanized) arriving on the job with a shop prime coat shall be carefully sanded after erection, where scuffed, and all bare spots reprimed using the specified primer. G. Remove where practical, all weldspatter, burrs and sharp points from metal surfaces. H. Remove all oil and grease from all galvanized metal surfaces with approved solvent preparation. I. Clean up after all paint operations. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 09100-3 99086 PAINTING 3.3 PAINT SCHEDULE A. Exterior: 1. Iron and Steel 1 coat S-W galv. Iron Primer B 50A-1 (galvanized) 2 coats S-W Kem Lustral Enamel 2. Iron and Steel 1 coat S-W Tile Clad II 2 coats S-W Tile Clad 11 two part epoxy paint to a total thickness of 6 mils. B. Interior: �+ 1. Iron and Steel 1 coat S-W Kromik Metal Primer E41 N1 (omit if shop primed) �., 2 coats S-W Kern Lustral Enamel 2. Exposed Insulated Piping 2 heavy coats S-W Quali-Kote 3. Un-insulated piping, 1 coat S-W Wall Primer & Sealer conduit & ductwork in Mechanical Equipment 2 coats S-W Quali-Kote Latex Flat Rooms 4. Galvanized Metal Wash w/Neilson Chemical Galvoprep 1 coat S-W Galvite Primer tr 2 coats S-W Quali Craft Eggshell Enamel 5. Concrete Masonry 2 coats S-W Bloc-tex e 2 coats S-W Quali Craft Eggshell Enamel r-� 6. Other Surfaces 2 coats S-W Quali Craft Eggshell Enamel END OF SECTION F LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 SECTION 09200 — GYPSUM DRYWALL PART 1 - GENERAL 09200-1 GYPSUM DRYWALL 1.1 NOTE A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SCOPE A. Perform all work required to complete the Gypsum Drywall indicated by the Contract Documents and furnish all supplementary items necessary for its proper installation. B. Applicable requirements of the following Sections of this Project Manual apply to all work under this Section. 1. Uniform General Conditions 2. Supplementary General Conditions 3. Special Conditions C. Installation of the tape and bedding of gypsum drywall is specified in the Painting Section and is not required in the work for this Section. 1.3 APPROVED MANUFACTURES A. Materials manufactured by any of the following manufacturers is approved, provided it complies with the Contract Documents. 1. _ Drywall Systems: The Celotax Corporation The Flintkote Company Georgia-Pacific Corporation Johns -Manville Kaiser Gypsum National.Gypsum Company United States Gypsum Company B. Drywall systems shall be constructed using all component parts of one manufacturer, and all gypsum drywall work throughout the Project shall be by the same manufacturer, unless specified otherwise. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 09200-2 99086 GYPSUM DRYWALL 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in their original unopened packages, containers, and bundles bearing the manufacturer s name and brand name. B. Store material in an enclosed space protected from damage and exposure to the elements. Remove damaged material from the premises. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Fire -Rated Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C36, Type X", UL labeled, tapered edges, 5/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated. B. Moisture Resistant Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C630, Type X", 5/8 inch thick, tapered edge. C. Liner Board: One inch thick, beveled edge, USG Shaft Wall Liner. D. Insulation: USG Sound Attenuation Blanket, 1-1/2 inch thick. E. Metal Studs: 25 gauge, galvanized, screw type, width as required for partition width indicated. F. Metal Furring Channels: 25 gauge, galvanized, screw type. G. Metal Runners: Galvanized, channel type, screw type, width as required by stud width, same gauge as stud. H. Lathing Channels: 16 gauge cold rolled steel, black asphaltum painted, 3/4" and 2". I. Screws: Self -drilling, self -tapping, cadmium plated, type as recommended by Drywall Manufacturer. J. Corner Bead: Galvanized steel, perforated flange, USG Dur -A -Bead. K. Edging and Casing: Galvanized steel for painting. USG 200B, size as required for gypsum wallboard thickness. L. Control Joint Casing: USG #093. M. Shower Base Casing: Casings #103 Positive Water Stop. N. Cavity Shaft Wall Supports: USG 400CH-10 studs, E -stud and J -runners, width as required for partition width indicated. O. Adhesive: As recommended by wallboard manufacturer. ASTM C475. P. Sealant: U.S.G. Acoustical Sealant. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 09200-3 99086 GYPSUM DRYWALL Q. Wire: Galvanized, 9 -gauge hanger wire, 16 -gauge tie wire. R. Furring Channel Clip: Galvanized, standard of furring channel manufacturer. S. Safing Insulation: USG Thermafiber Safmg Insulation. T. Vinyl Foam Gasket: Norton V-730 tape, closed cell PVC foam, 1/8 larger than joint to be sealed. PPR PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION p 0 0 A. Examine spaces and correct defects that could interfere with proper installation. Starting work shall be construed as acceptance of spaces. B. Maintain uniform temperature between 55 deg. to 70 deg. F. during the installation. Provide adequate ventilation to eliminate excessive moisture. C. Install gypsum drywall systems in accordance with the Gypsum Drywall Contractors International, Underwriters Laboratory and the manufacturer of the Drywall material. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Suspended Ceiling Grillage: 1. Space hanger wires at 5'-0" on center, securely anchored to structure above. Locate hangers within 6 of ends of main runners. Space 2" main runner channels at 4'-0" on center. Saddle tie hangers around main runners so as to prevent turning or twisting of runners and to develop full strength of hangers. 2. Main runner shall not be let into nor come in contact with abutting masonry or reinforced concrete walls or partitions. Locate main runners within 6" of the paralleling walls to support the ends of the cross furring. Support ends of main runners by hangers locate not more than 12" from ends. 3. Splice main runners by overlapping ends not less than 12" with flanges of channels interlocked and securely tied near each end of the splice with double loops of No. 16 gauge wire. B. Furring Ceiling Framing: 1. Securely clip furring channels to main runner channels with furring channel clips or saddle tie with two strands of tie wire. Space furring channels 16 inches on center. 2. Stop furring channels 1 short of abutting walls and splice ends of nesting channels 8" and securely wire tying. 3. Install furring channel clips on alternate sides of main runners and reinforce openings in grillage with 3/4" cold rolled channels wire tied to main runner channels. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 C. Metal Stud Framing: 09200-4 GYPSUM DRYWALL 1. Align partition accurately according to partition layout. Align top and bottom tracks and secure to concrete slab with concrete stub nails or power driven anchors spaced 24" on centers. Apply double row of sealant under tracks before fastening to surface. 2. Secure tracks to suspended ceilings with screws, toggle or molly bolts spaced 12" on centers or as required to attach to suspension system. 3. Position studs in track by rotating into place for friction fit. Space studs at 24 inches on center. Locate studs no more than 2" from partition intersections and corners and secure with screws through both flanges of studs and tracks. Lap studs a minimum of 8 where splicing is necessary and secure with screws. 4. Place two metal studs back-to-back on each side of door and window frames. Fasten studs securely to anchors on each side of frame with bolts or screws. Locate third stud six inches from double studs. 5. Locate section of runner across frame head at doors and other openings and screw slit flanges to vertical studs. Erect short intermediate studs 24" on centers between ceiling runner and door frame head runner. D. Chase Wall Framing: 1. Align partitions accurately according to partition layout and after ceiling grillages are in place. Align double row of top and bottom tracks and secure to concrete slab with concrete stub nails or power driven anchors spaced 24" on centers. Apply sealant under tracks before fastening to surface. 2. Secure top track to ceiling with screws, toggle or molly bolts, spaced 12" on centers or as required to attach to suspension system. 3. Position double row of metal studs vertically in runners, opposite each other in pairs with flanges pointing the same direction. Space studs 24" on centers and attach with screws through each stud flange and runner flange. 4. Cross brace between rows of studs with 5/8" wallboard, 12" by chase width, or with metal studs. Screw -attach to stud webs at 48" on center maximum in partition height with minimum of three screws per web. E. Wallboard: 1. Apply wallboard to ceilings and soffit before apply to vertical surfaces. Install wallboard to ceilings with long edge perpendicular to supports using longest pieces practicable. Stagger end joints and provide support for all edges. 2. Install wallboard to walls with long edge parallel to supporting members using full length sheets. Stagger joints on opposite side of partition. Provide support for all edges. 3. Butt joints loosely, maximum gap 1/4". Sand edges that have been cut. Attach wallboard to metal supports with self -drilling screws, using an electric screw driving gun and Phillips bit. Drive screws to slightly dimple surface but not to break paper. 4. Space screws 12" on centers in the field and 8" on center staggered along the vertical abutting edges. Start field screwing near center and work towards edges. Space screws not less than 3/8" from wallboard edges. Space screws for fire rated partitions as required by U.L. 5. Attach wallboard on one side of partition by screwing to every other stud. Complete LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 09200-5 99086 GYPSUM DRYWALL 6 7. 8 wallboard application to entire side of partition in this manner. Cut first panel 2 foot wide on opposite side so joints will be staggered. Fasten wallboard panels to all studs on this side of panel. Return to first side and complete attaching screws to previously unattached studs. Install insulation to inside face of first side of partition with staples or mastic. Anchor batt in each corner and in center. Fit joints snugly against adjoining batts and framing members. Apply face layer in laminated construction vertical with adhesive per manufacturer's recommendations. Hold in place with supplemental fastening until adhesive is dry. Offset face layer joints so they do not fall over first layer joints. Fit wallboard snugly into steel door frames. Cut wallboard neatly to fit around all outlets and switch boxes. Install metal edge trim along top edge of all wallboard at ceiling and wherever wallboard edge is exposed, or abuts another material. Install corner bead at all exterior corners. 9. Use moisture resistant gypsum wallboard on all walls scheduled to receive ceramic tile and all toilet walls. Install with long edge perpendicular to supports with end joints staggered. 10. Install wallboard at showers in accordance with ANSI A97.1. Corners, joints, edges and cut-outs shall be taped and caulked with waterproof, nonhardening sealant. Scraps and small pieces of wallboard shall not be used. Space edge of wallboard a minimum of 1/4" above shower base. F. Cavity Shaft Wall Erection: 1. Align partition accurately according to partition layout. Align top and bottom j -runners and secure to structure with power driven anchors, spaced 24 inches on center. 2. Install liner board vertically between top and bottom j -runners and fasten to top of runner with screw at center of panel. Use full length sheets floor to structure above. Stagger ends joints and locate in upper and lower third points of wall partition exceeding 16 feet. 3. Install C -H studs and E -studs between liner panels with liner inserted in the groove. Use E -studs at corners and frame all openings with E -studs and j -runners. Grout door frames at quarter points. 4. Install base layer of wallboard with long edges horizontally and fasten to C -H studs and j -runners with screws spaced 12 inches on center. Use full length sheets, and stagger ends joints. Apply sealant to perimeter of base layer panels. 5. Install face layer of wallboard over base layer with long edges vertically and screw attach at 12 inches on center into studs, staggered from base layer screws. 6. Attach wallboard to metal supports with self -drilling screws using an electric screws driving gun and Phillips bit. Drive screws to slightly dimple surface but not to break paper. Buttjoints loosely, maximum gap 1/4". Sand edges that have been cut. 7. Where both sides of wall are finished, apply face layer of wallboard with joints vertical and staggered 24 inches from previous wallboard joints on first side of wall. 8. Use moisture resistant wallboard on walls scheduled to receive ceramic tile and at toilet walls and ceilings. 9. Install metal edge trim wherever wallboard edge is exposed or abutts another material. Install corner beads at all exterior corners. 10. Meet requirements and recommendations of drywall manufacturer and UL for two-hour construction. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 09200-6 GYPSUM DRYWALL G. Safing Insulation: 1. Install safing insulation above gypsum drywall partitions which extend to underside on metal floor deck. 2. Completely fill the flutes of the metal deck with insulation to fully seal the partition. H. Control Joints: 1. Locate control joint as indicated but not to exceed 50'-0" in either direction for ceilings and not to exceed 30'-0" on center for partitions. Locate control joints where wallboard abutts any dissimilar wall or ceiling assembly and where wallboard construction changes within the same plane. 2. Install control joint casing where control joint occurs in continuous wall surface. Make joint 1/4" wide with supports noncontinuous over joint. Install metal edging where wallboard abutts any structural element or dissimilar material. Make joint 1/8" wide and fill with sealant. 3.3 CLEANING AND PATCHING A. Clean exposed surfaces of wallboard free from soil and stain that would affect finish. Repair, or remove and replace defective work. Remove excess materials and debris from Site. END OF SECTION 15010-1 LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 99086 SECTION 15010 —GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SPECIAL NOTE A. The Architectural and Structural Plans and Specifications, including the supplements issued thereto, Information to Bidders, and other pertinent documents issued by the Engineer, are a part of these specifications and the accompanying mechanical and electrical plans, and shall be above is included herewith, will be issued separately or complied with in every respect. All the is on file at the Engineer's office, and shall be examined by all bidders. Failure to comply shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility or be used as a basis for additional compensation due to omission of drawings. B. Where the Supplementary General Conditions conflict with the General Conditions, the Supplementary General Conditions shall govern. 1.2 CHECKING DOCUMENTS A. The drawings and the specifications are numbered 1 onsecutively. The the Engineer Contractor ny d shall epanc es or check the drawings and specifications thoroughly and sha fy En g omissions of sheets or pages. Upon notification, the Engineer will promptly provide the Contractor with any missing portions of the drawings or specifications. No discrepancies or omissions of sheets or pages of the contract documents will relieve the Contractor of his duty to provide all work required by the complete contract documents. 1.3 GENERAL A. In general, the lines and ductsto be installed by the various trades under these specifications shall be run as indicated, as specified herein, as required by particular conditions at the site, and as required to conform to the generally accepted standards as to complete the work in a neat and satisfactorily workable manner. The following is a general outline concerning the running of various lines and ducts and is to be excepted where the drawings or conditions at the building necessitate deviating from these standards. B. All piping, conduit and ductwork for the mechanical and electrical trades shall be concealed in on the drawings. Horizontal lines run in areas that chases in finished areas, except as indicated have ceilings shall be run concealed in those ceilings, unless otherwise specifically indicated or directed. C. Piping, ductwork, conduits and raceways may be run exposed in machinery and equipment .�. spaces, where serving as connections to motors and equipment items in finished rooms where exposed connections are required, and elsewhere as indicated on the drawings or required. 0 LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15010-2 99086 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL D. All conduits in any space where they are exposed shall run parallel with the building walls. They shall enter the concealed areas perpendicular with the walls, ceilings or floors. Fittings shall be used where necessary to comply with this requirement. E. The Contractor shall thoroughly acquaint himself with the details of the construction and finishes before submitting his bid as no allowances will be made because of the Contractor's unfamiliarity with these details. Place all inserts in masonry walls while they are under construction. All concealed lines shall be installed as required by the pace of the general construction to precede that general construction. F. The mechanical and electrical plans do not give exact details as to elevations of lines and ducts, exact locations, etc., and do not show all the offsets, control lines, pilot lines and other installation details. The Contractor shall carefully lay out his work at the site to conform to the architectural and structural conditions, to provide proper grading of lines, to avoid all obstruction, to conform to details of installation supplied by the manufacturers of the equipment to be installed, and thereby to provide an integrated, satisfactorily operating installation. G. The electrical plans show diagrammatically the locations of the various electrical outlets and apparatus and the method of circuiting and controlling them. Exact locations of these outlets and apparatus shall be determined by reference to the general plans and to all detail drawings, equipment drawings, roughing -in drawings, etc., by measurements at the building, and in cooperation with other sections, and in all cases shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Engineer reserves the right to make any reasonable change in location of any outlet or apparatus before installation (within 10 feet of location shown on drawings) or after installation if an obvious conflict exists, without additional cost to the Owner. H. The mechanical plans do not give exact locations of outlets, fixtures, equipment items, etc. The exact location of each item shall be determined by reference to the general plans and to all detail drawings, equipment drawings, roughing -in drawings, etc., by measurements at the building, and in cooperation with other sections. Minor relocations necessitated by the conditions at the site or as directed by the Engineer shall be made without any additional cost accruing to the Owner. I. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of his material and apparatus into the space. Should the particular equipment which any bidder proposes to install require other space conditions than those indicated on the drawings, he shall arrange for such space with the Engineer before submitting his bid. Should changes become necessary on account of failure to comply with this clause, the Contractor shall make such necessary changes at his (the Contractor's) own expense. J. The Contractor shall submit working scale drawings of all his apparatus and equipment which in any way varies from these specifications and plans, which shall be checked by the Engineer before the work is started, and interferences with the structural conditions shall be corrected by the Contractor before the work proceeds. K. Order of precedence shall be observed in laying out the pipe, ductwork, material, and conduit in order to fit the material into the space above the ceiling and in the chases and walls. The following order shall govern: r LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15010-3 99086 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 1. Items affecting the visual appearance of the inside of the building such as lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, outlets, panelboards, etc. Coordinate all items to avoid conflicts at the site. 2. Lines requiring grade to function such as sewers. 3. Large ducts and pipes with critical clearances. - 4. Conduit, water lines, and other lines whose routing is not critical and whose function would not be impaired by bends and offsets. L. Piping, ducts, and conduits serving outlets on items of equipment shall be run in the most appropriate manner. Where the equipment has built-in chases, the lines shall be contained therein. Where the equipment is of the open type, the lines shall be run as close as possible to the underside of the top and in a_neat and inconspicuous manner. M. Exceptions and inconsistencies in plans and specifications shall be brought to the Engineer's attention before the contract is signed. Otherwise, the Contractor shall be responsible for any and all changes and additions that may be necessary to accommodate his particular apparatus, material, or equipment. N. The Contractor shall distinctly understand that the work described herein and shown on the accompanying drawings shall result in a finished and working job, and any item required to accomplish this intent shall be included whether specifically mentioned or not. O. Each bidder shall examine the plans and specifications for the General Construction. If these documents show any item requiring work under Division 15 or 16 and that work is not indicated on the respective "M", "P" & "E" drawings, he shall notify the Engineer in sufficient time to clarify before bidding. If no notification is received, the Contractor is assumed to require no clarification, and shall install the work as indicated on the General Plans in accordance with the specifications. 1.4 DIMENSIONS A. Before ordering any material or doing any work, the Contractor shall verify all dimensions, including elevations, and shall be responsible for the correctness of the same. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed on account of differences between actual dimensions and measurements indicated on the drawings. Any difference which may be found shall be submitted to the Engineer for consideration before proceeding with the work. 1.5 INSPECTION OF SITE o� A. The accompanying plans do not indicate completely the existing mechanical and electrical installations. The bidders for the work under these sections of the specifications shall inspect the existing installations and thoroughly acquaint themselves with conditions to be met and the work to be accomplished in removing and modifying the existing work, and in installing the new work in the present building and underground serving to and from that structure. Failure to comply with this shall not constitute grounds for any additional payments in connection with removing or modifying any part of the existing installations and/or installing any new work. F" LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15010-4 99086 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL - 1.6 ELECTRICAL WIRING A. All electric wiring power supply, for pilot and control, and for communications will be done under Division 16 of these specifications. The Contractor for each section shall erect all his motors in place ready for connections. The Contractor, under Division 16, shall mount all the starters and controls, furnishing the supporting structures and any required outlet boxes. All temperature control wiring shall be done under Division 15. B. Every electrical current consuming device furnished as a part of this project, or furnished by the Owner and installed in this project, shall be completely wired up under Division 16. Verification of exact location, method of connection, number and size of wires required, voltage requirements, and phase requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor under Division 16. If conflicts occur between the drawings and the actual requirements, actual requirements shall govern. 1.7 MOTORS AND CONTROLS A. All motors furnished under any of the several sections of these specifications shall be of recognized manufacture, of adequate capacity for the loads involved and wound for the current characteristics shown on the electrical drawings. All motors shall conform to the standards of manufacture and performance of the National Electrical Manufacturers' Association as shown in their latest publications. They shall further be listed by Underwriters Laboratories. B. Unless otherwise noted, the Contractor under Division 15 shall furnish each motor with a starter and all controls of the types specified or required. C. These starters shall be of the totally enclosed type, of capacity rating within the required limits of the motors which they are to serve, shall be suitable for the motor current characteristics and shall provide thermal overload protection. All starters shall be standard of manufacture and performance of the National Electrical Manufacturers' Association. They further shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories. Provide overload protection in each phase wire. 1.8 PROGRESS OF WORK A. The Contractor shall keep himself fully informed as to the progress of the work and do his work at the proper time without waiting for notification from the Engineer or Owner. 1.9 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS A. All manufactured articles shall be applied, installed and handled as recommended by the manufacturer. 1.10 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. All materials shall be new unless otherwise specified and of the quality specified. Materials shall be free from defects. All materials of a type for which the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. e LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15010-5 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL have established a standard shall be listed by the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and shall bear their label. B. Wherever the make of material or apparatus required is not definitely specified, the Contractor shall submit a sample to the Engineer before proceeding. C. The Engineer reserves the right to call for samples of any item of material offered in substitution, together with a sample of the specified material, when, in the Engineer's opinion, the quality of the material and/or the appearance is involved and it is deemed that an evaluation of the two materials may be better made by visual inspection. This shall be limited to lighting fixtures, wiring devices, plumbing brass, grilles, registers, ceiling outlets and similar items and shall not be applicable to major manufacturers' items of equipment. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for transportation of his materials to and on the job, and shall be responsible for the storage and protection of these materials and work until the final acceptance of the job. E. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary scaffolding, tackle, tools and appurtenances of all kinds, and all labor required for the safe and expeditious execution of his contract. F. The workmanship shall in all respects be of the highest grade and all construction shall be done according to the best practice of the trade. 1.11 SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIAL A. Where a definite material or only one manufacturer's name is mentioned in these specifications, it has been done in order to establish a standard. The product of the particular manufacturer mentioned is of satisfactory construction and any substitution must be of quality as good as or better than the named article. No substitution shall be made without review by the Engineer, who will be the sole judge of equality. B. Within 30 days of being awarded the Contract for any section or sections of the work under this heading, the Contractor shall submit for approval a complete list of the materials he proposes to use. This list shall give manufacturers' names and designations corresponding to each and every item and the submission shall be accompanied by complete descriptive literature and/or any supplementary data, drawings, etc., necessary to give full and complete details. If the material is not submitted within 30 days of the contract signing, the Contractor shall furnish the specified materials. C. Should a substitution be accepted under the provisions of the conditions of these specifications, R^ and should this substitute prove to be defective or otherwise unsatisfactory for the service for which it is intended within the guarantee period, the Contractor who originally requested the substitution shall replace the substitute material with the specified material. 1.12 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Wherever shop drawings are called for in these specifications, they shall be furnished by the Contractor for the work involved after review by the Engineer as to the make and type of LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15010-6 99086 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL material and in sufficient time so that no delay or changes will be caused. This is done in order to facilitate progress on the job and failure on the part of the Contractor to comply shall render him liable to stand the expense of any and all delays, changes in construction, etc., occasioned by his failure to provide the necessary details. Also, if the Contractor fails to comply with this provision, the Engineer reserves the right to go directly to the manufacturer he selects and secure any details he might deem necessary and should there be any charges in connection with this, they shall be borne by the Contractor. B. Shop drawings will be reviewed by the Engineer for general compliance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. Review by the Engineer and any action by the Engineer in marking shop drawings is subject to the requirements of the entire contract documents. Contractor will be held responsible for quantities, dimensions which shall be confirmed and correlated at the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordination of all trades and the satisfactory performance of his work. C. Shop drawings submitted shall not consist of manufacturers' catalogues or tear sheets therefrom that contain no indication of the exact item offered. Rather, the submission of individual items shall designate the exact item offered and shall clearly identify the item with the project. D. All shop drawings shall be submitted at one time and shall consist of a bound catalogue of all shop drawings under each section, properly indexed and certified that they have been checked by the Contractor. E. The omissions of any material from the shop drawings which has been shown on the contract drawings or specified, even though reviewed by the Engineer, shall not relieve the Contractor from furnishing and erecting same. 1.13 PROTECTION OF APPARATUS A. The Contractor shall at all times take such precautions as may be necessary to properly protect his new apparatus from damage. This shall include the erection of all required temporary shelters to adequately protect any apparatus stored in the open on the site, the cribbing of any apparatus above the floor of the construction, and the covering of apparatus in the incompleted — building with tarpaulins or other protective covering. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with the above to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer will be sufficient cause for the rejection of the pieces of apparatus in question. _. 1.14 PERMITS, FEES, ETC A. The Contractor under each section of these specifications shall arrange for a permit from the local authority. The Contractor shall arrange for all utility services, including sewer, water, gas ^ and electric services as applicable. If any charges are made by any of the utility companies due to the work on this project, the Contractor shall pay these charges, including charges for metering, connection, street cutting, etc. The Contractor shall pay for any inspection fees or other fees and charges required by ordinance, law, codes and these specifications. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15010-7 99086 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 1.15 TESTING ` A. The Contractor under each division shall at his own expense perform the various tests as specified and required by the Engineer and as required by the State and local authorities. The Contractor shall furnish all fuel and materials necessary for making tests. 1.16 LAWS, CODES AND ORDINANCES A. All work shall be executed in strict accordance with all local, state and national codes, ordinances and regulations governing the particular class of work involved, as interpreted by the inspecting authority. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final execution of the work under this heading to suit those requirements. Where these specifications and the accompanying drawings conflict with these requirements, the Contractor shall report the matter to the Engineer, shall prepare any supplemental drawings required illustrating how the work may be installed so as to comply and, on approval, make the changes at no cost to the Owner. On completion of the various portions of the work the installation shall be tested by the constituted authorities, approved and, on completion of the work, the Contractor shall obtain and deliver to the Owner a final certificate of acceptance. 1.17 TERMINOLOGY A. Whenever the words "furnish", "provide", "furnish and install," "provide and install', and/or similar phrases occur, it is the intent that the materials and equipment described be furnished, installed and connected under this Division of the Specifications, complete for operation unless specifically noted to the contrary. B. Where a material is described in detail, listed by catalogue number or otherwise called for, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish and install the material. C. The use of the word "shall" conveys a mandatory condition to the contract. D. "This section" always refers to the section in which the statement occurs. E. "The project" includes all work in progress during the construction period. F. In describing the various items of equipment, in general, each item will be described singularly, even though there may be a multiplicity of identical or similar items. 1.18 COOPERATION AND CLEANING UP A. The contractor for the work under each section of these specifications shall coordinate his work with the work described in all other sections of the specifications to the end that, as a whole, the job shall be a finished one of its kind, and shall carry on his work in such a manner that none of the work under any section of these specifications shall be handicapped, hindered or delayed at any time. e*+ LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15010-8 99086 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL B. At all times during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall keep the premises clean and free of unnecessary materials and debris. The Contractor shall, on direction at any time from the Engineer, clear any designated areas or area of materials and debris. On completion of any portion of the work, the Contractor shall remove from the premises all tools and machinery and all debris occasioned by the work, leaving the premises free of all obstructions and hindrances. 1.19 COORDINATION OF TRADES A. The Contractor shall be responsible for resolving all coordination required between trades. For example, items furnished under Division 15 which require electrical connections shall be coordinated with Division 16 for: 1. Voltage 2. Phase 3. Ampacity 4. No. and size of wires 5. Wiring diagrams 6. Starter size, details and location 7. Control devices and details B. Items furnished under various sections which require plumbing connections shall be coordinated for services, pressure, size and location of connections, type of fuel, clearances for service, auxiliary devices required, etc. C. Items requiring insulation shall be fully insulated and that insulation shall be checked against manufacturer's directions and job requirements for suitability, coverage, thickness and finish. D. Items installed in/on finished ceilings shall be coordinated with the ceiling construction. The Contractor under each section shall conform to the reflected ceiling plan and shall secure details and/or samples of the ceiling materials as necessary to insure compatibility. Any device not conforming to this requirement shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. E. All items specified under Divisions 15 and 16 shall be installed tight, plumb, level, square and symmetrically placed in relation to the work of other trades. 1.20 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. All cutting and patching for work under Divisions 15 and 16 shall be done by the Contractor under the section for which the trade is specified. 1.21 PAINTING A. All painting shall be done by the Contractor under Division 9. Following is a general outline of the required work for Divisions 15 and 16. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15010-9 99086 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 1. If the factory finish on any apparatus or equipment is marred, it shall be touched up and then given one coat of half flat half enamel, followed by a coat of machinery enamel of a color to match the original. Paint factory primed surfaces. 2. Paint all exposed pipe, conduit, boxes, cabinets, hangers and supports and miscellaneous metal. 3. Paint all exposed sheet metal. 4. Paint all insulated surfaces exposed to view, including piping, equipment, etc. Size surfaces until a smooth, non grainy surface is obtained. B. Generally, painting is required on all surfaces such that no exposed bare metal or insulation surface is visible. C. Paint all surfaces above or behind perforated return air grilles or other open spaced air outlet devices with flat black paint. All pipes, conduits, ductwork and structural members shall be painted. These surfaces shall be painted a distance away from the grille such that no unpainted surfaces are visible to a person standing on the room side and viewing through the device. 1.22 SEALING A. The Contractor installing pipes, conduits, ducts, etc., shall seal all spaces between pipes and/or sleeves where they pierce walls, partitions or floors by packing fire resistant rope and fire resistant cement. The packing shall effect a complete fire and/or air seal where pipes, conduits, ducts, etc., pierce walls, floors or partitions. 1.23 PREPARED OPENINGS A. It is anticipated that an opening will be required in the existing building for installation of the large equipment. Cooperate with all trades to avoid a larger opening than is required. The openings shall be restored after installation of the equipment. 1.24 ACCESS PANELS A. Wherever mechanical and/or electrical equipment is installed and where future access is required through either walls or ceilings and such cannot be obtained through the removable ceiling or through other means, the Contractor shall provide Milcor Style "M" access doors at least 12 inches by 12 inches in size or larger if required for access. Provide access doors for all fire dampers, smoke dampers, valves, etc. 1.25 SCHEDULE OF WORK A. The Contractor, shall program his work in such manner as to interfere as little as possible with the normal routine of the Owner. It must be understood that the Owner will continue to function throughout the construction period. All water, electrical and sanitary facilities shall therefore be continued in operation with a minimum of interruption and the Contractor shall make any temporary connections necessary to comply with this requirement. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15010-10 99086 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 1.26 WORKING TIME A. Where new connections are to be made into existing lines, present lines must be relocated or rerouted, present equipment items relocated or other work accomplished that would affect the operation of the present building, the work shall be carried on at such times as to cause a minimum of interference with the normal operation of that building. In certain cases the work may be accomplished during normal working hours during certain designated seasons or times of the year. In other cases the work may have to be executed during times of the day outside of the normal working period, on holidays, etc. Each individual case presents a separate decision as to the time during which it shall be performed. The Contractor involved shall present each case to the Engineer for his decision, which will be made after due consultation with the Owner. No additional compensation for overtime will be granted for compliance with these requirements. 1.27 EXISTING WASTE AND DRAIN LINE A. Special care and precaution shall be used where existing waste or drain lines are to be opened. The following procedure shall be adhered to at all times when opening existing waste or drain lines: Before opening, prepare a solution of one part household bleach to nine parts water. At every inlet to the affected piping run, add 2 gallons of the solution to flush out the piping. Any worker who has cuts or open skin breaks shall be prevented from working with the waste or drain piping. Workers shall wear approved face shields, gloves, aprons, boots, etc. for protection. In addition, existing piping shall be thoroughly washed inside and out with bleach solution prior to handling by unprotected persons. The safety director or Owner's representative shall be notified prior to commencing work on any existing waste or drain lines. 1.28 SALVAGE MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall remove existing equipment, piping, duct, grilles, conduit, wire, junction boxes, light fixtures and other items associated with the mechanical, plumbing and electrical systems where shown on the drawings. Where such items are exposed to view or uncovered by any cutting or removal of general construction and has no continuing function (as determined by the Engineer), they shall be removed by the contractor under the section in which the item normally falls. B. Existing items (see above) where concealed in/above construction which is not disturbed, abandon in place. Plug, cap, disconnect or otherwise render harmless all such items. C. All items or materials removed from the project shall be made available for the Owner's inspection. The Owner retains the option to claim any item or material. Contractor shall deliver any claimed item or material in good condition to the place designated by the Owner. All item not claimed become the property of the contractor and shall be removed from the site. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15010-11 99086 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 1.29 INSTALLATION DRAWINGS A. It shall be incumbent upon the Contractor to prepare special drawings as called for elsewhere herein or as directed by the Engineer to coordinate the work under each section, to illustrate changes in his work, to facilitate its concealment in finished spaces to avoid obstructions or to illustrate the adaptability of any item of equipment which he proposes to use. B. These drawings shall be used in the field for the actual installation of the work. Unless otherwise directed, they shall not be submitted for approval but three copies shall be provided to the Engineer for his information. 1.30 MARKING OF PIPE A. The Contractor shall mark all accessible piping systems. The identification of a piping system shall be made by a positive identification of the material content of the system by lettered legend, giving the name of the content in full or abbreviated form. This mark shall be conspicuously placed at frequent intervals on straight runs, close to all valves, at changes of direction and where pipes pass through walls, floors or ceilings. Arrows shall be used to indicate direction of flow. Markers shall be painted on using stencils. B. Markers shall be placed on piping at each connection to an item of equipment, at each pump, and on each drop to an outlet. Markers shall be placed on each run of piping at intervals not exceeding 50 feet where exposed in a room and 25 feet when installed above removable ceilings, except that no exposed line shall enter a room without being identified therein. Marker on lines above removable ceilings shall be applied on the undersides of the lines and in other areas shall be applied to be most visible. Also supply directional flow indicators adjacent to identification markers. C. Size of Identification: Outside Diameter Size of Legend of Pipe or Covering Letters (" Height) 3/4 to 1-1/4 1-1/2 to 2 3/4 2-1/2 to 6 1-1/4 1.31 IDENTIFICATION AND LABELING: A. The Contractor shall make it possible for the personnel operating and maintaining the equipment and systems in this project to readily identify the various pieces of equipment, valves, piping, etc., by marking them. All items of equipment such as fans, pumps, etc., shall be clearly marked using engraved nameplates as hereinafter specified. The item of equipment shall indicate the same number as shown on the drawings. For example, pumps will be identified as P- 1, P-2, P-3, etc.; exhaust fans will be EF -i, EF -2, etc.; AC Units will be AC -1, AC -2, etc. B. All items of mechanical and electrical equipment shall be identified by the attachment of engraved nameplates constructed from laminated phenolic plastic, at least 1/16" thick, 3 -ply, LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15010-12 99086 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL with black surfaces and white core. Engraving shall be condensed gothic, at least 1/2" high, appropriately spaced. Nomenclature on the label shall include the name of the item, its mark number, area, space, or equipment served, and other pertinent information. Equipment to be labeled shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Boilers 2. Chillers 3. Pumps 4. AC Units 5. Convertors 6. Air Conditioning Control Panels and Switches 7. Exhaust and Return Air Fans 8. Miscellaneous - similar and/or related items 1.32 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. The Contractor for each section of the work hereunder shall, in cooperation with the representatives of the manufacturers of the various equipment items, carefully instruct the Owner's representatives in the proper operation of each item of equipment and of each system. During the balancing and adjusting of systems, the Owner's representative shall be made familiar with all procedures. 1.33 OPERATING MANUALS A. Prepare and submit 3 copies of the operating manuals bound in hard covers. Three weeks prior to completion of the work, the Engineer will check the manuals and any additional material necessary to complete the manuals shall be furnished and inserted by the Contractor. B. Manuals shall contain the following data: 1. Catalogue data of all equipment. 2. Shop drawings of all equipment. 3. Temperature control drawings (reduced in size) 4. Start-up instructions for major equipment. 5. Trouble shooting procedures for major equipment. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Recommended maintenance schedule for equipment. 8. Parts list for all items. 9. Name and address of each vendor. 1.34 GUARANTEE A. Unless a longer period is specified elsewhere, the contractor shall guarantee all workmanship and materials for a period of one year from date of final acceptance. e LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15010-13 99086 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL �,. 1.35 COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS A. Before acceptance and final payment the Contractor under each Division of the specifications shall furnish: 1. Accurate "as built" drawings, shown in red ink on blue line prints furnished for that purpose all changes from the original plans made during installation of the work. Drawings shall be filed with the Engineer when the work is completed. 2. All manufacturers' guarantees. 3. All operating manuals. 4. Guarantees. 5. Test and Balance Report. 1.36 DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATES A. Deductive Alternate #1: Delete provision for new air handling units 3, 4, 5 and 6. Remove steam coils from existing units, furnish and install new heating water coils with scheduled capacities. Pipe as shown on the drawings. Temperature control contractor's requirements remain unchanged. B. Deductive Alternate #2: Delete all provision for installation of new VAV boxes and reheat coils and associated temperature controls. END OF SECTION LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 SECTION 15110 —PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 15110 - 1 PIPING AND ACCESSORIES 1.1 NOTE A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials. 1.3 SCOPE A. This section of the specifications pertains to all labor, materials, equipment and service necessary for and incidental to the piping and accessories as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein. 1.4 INSPECTION A. All pipe, valves, fittings, and other accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and during the course of the work. Any defective materials found during field inspection or during hydrostatic and leakage tests shall be removed from the site of the work and replaced by the Contractor. 1.5 PROTECTION DURING STORAGE A. The interior of all pipe, fittings, and other accessories shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter at all times. Valves and fittings shall be drained and stored in a manner that will protect them from damage by freezing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials shall be manufactured or fabricated in the United States of America. B. Materials shall conform to the listed standards. Refer to specific sections for materials to be used under that section. The following tabulation is for reference only to identify the applicable standard. Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings ASTM A74, Class SV LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 Push On Gaskets for C.I. Soil Pipe Caulked Joints for C.I. Soil Pipe No Hub Joints Clay Tile Pipe and Fittings Clay Tile Joints Rubber Rings for A.C. Pipe ABS Soil Pipe and Fittings ABS Soil Joints — Elastomeric PVC Soil Pipe and Fittings PVC Soil Fittings — Elastomeric Copper Tubing Wrought Copper Solder Fittings Cast Bronze Solder Fittings Steel Pipe Butt Weld Fittings Socket Weld Fittings Steel Flanges Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Cast Iron Water Pipe Cement Lining for C.I. Water Pipe Cast Iron Water Pipe Fittings, Lined Push -On Joints for C.I. Water Pipe Mechanical Joints for Water Pipe PVC Water Pipe Push On Joints for PVC Water Pipe 15110-2 PIPING AND ACCESSORIES ASTM C564 Fed. Spec. HH -P-117, Type II ASTM D3183 ASTM C700 ASTM C425 ASTM D1869 ASTM D2751 ASTM D2751 ASTM D3034, Type PSM Max. SDR = 35 ASTM D3212 ASTM B88 ANSI B16.22 ANSI B16.18 ASTM A120, A53, A106 ANSI B 16.9 ANSI B16.11 ANSI B16.5 ANSI B 16.3 Fed. Spec. WW -P -501E ANSI A21.6 ANSI A21.4 ANSI A21.10 and A21.1 Oa ANSI A21.11 ANSI A21.11 ASTM D1584 Type 1120 ASTM D1585, AWWA C900 Asbestos Cement Water Pipe AWWA C400 Class 150 AC Water Pipe Fittings ANSI A21.10,150 lb. AC Water Pipe Joints ASTM D1869 Flange Bolt, Sets ASME Pressure Piping C. Unions in Ferrous Lines: 150 pound malleable iron, screwed pattern, ground joint with brass to iron seat; equal to Crane. D. Insulating Fittings: Equal to Maloney. E. Unions in Copper or Brass Lines: 125 pound all brass, screwed pattern, ground joint, equal to Chase, Crane or Mueller. F. Mechanical Couplings: Victaulic Style 77 s■. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 2.2 VALVES 15110-3 PIPING AND ACCESSORIES A. General Service Valves:, 3" and smaller, all bronze, screwed; 3-1/2" and larger, flanged, iron body, bronze trimmed, equal to the following Crane Nos: Type Fluid Pressure Fluid Pressure Below 125 PSIG Above 125 PSIG Gate 3" and smaller 428 424 Gate 3-1/2" and larger 465-1/2 7-1/2 E Globe 3" and smaller 1 14-1/2 P Globe 3-1/2" and larger 351 21E Angle 3" and smaller 2 16-1/2 P Angle 3-1/2" and larger 353 23E B. Where valves have discs, select the discs for the intended service using materials as recommended by the valve manufacturer. Provide extended stems for valves in insulated line, so that the handle clears the insulation and jacket. C. Acceptable General Service Valve Manufacturers: Stockham, Jenkins, OIC, Walworth, Hammond. D. Swing Check Valves 2" and Smaller: All bronze screwed, equal to Crane No. 37 for pressures to 125 psi or No. 36 for pressures to 200 psi SWP or 400 PSI WOG. E. Swing Check Valves 2-1/2" and Larger: Iron body, flanged, bronze trimmed; equal to Crane No. 373 for pressures to 125 psi or No. 39E for pressures from 125 psi to 250 psi. F. Butterfly Valves: Ductile iron body, flanged or with drilled and tapped lugs, bronze discs, stainless steel shafts with bronze bushings, resilient EPDM seats and O -rings, 'Bubble Tight" shut-off at 150 psi pressure. On valves 4" and smaller, handle shall be infinite position with memory stops. On valves 6" and larger, provide geared operators. Norris, Keystone, Center Line, Demco or Crane valves are acceptable. Where valves are installed in insulated lines, provide extended stems so that the handle will clear the insulation and jacket. G. Ball Valves: Bronze threaded body, chrome plated full port bronze ball, teflon seats and O -rings, bronze shafts, and infinite position handle with memory stops. Valve shall be three piece break away for in-line service. Apollo, Crane, Jamesbury and Stockham are acceptable. Ring type two piece ball valves are not acceptable. Where valves are installed in insulated lines, provide extended stems to clear the insulation and jacket. H. Pipe Flexible Connections: Flexible connections shall be molded expansion joints as manufactured by Proco Series 240. Construction shall include neoprene cover and tube elastomer, retaining flanges and control rod plate. 9 LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15110-4 99086 PIPING AND ACCESSORIES 2.3 GAUGE COCKS AND GAUGES A. Where gauge connections are installed in insulated lines, install a ConBraCo No. 41-380 T -handle gauge cock on a nipple of sufficient length that the cock handle will be free of the pipe — insulation, and position each cock in relation to surrounding piping and equipment so that the gauge may be easily read, and so that a gauge having a 6" diameter dial can be screwed into and out of the cock. B. Install gauge cocks at pumps as close to pump suction and discharge connections as possible. Where drilled and tapped gauge connections are provided in the pump casing by the manufacturer, use these tappings. C. Pressure Gauges: Phosphor bronze, seamless Bourdon spring type with phosphor bronze bushed rotary movement and link; 4-1/2" dial, nickel plated ring, free standing cast aluminum case; equipped with micrometer adjustment pointer. Furnish each gauge with scale range suitable for the duty. D. Water Pressure Gauges: Equal to Weksler No. BA14-I with cast aluminum case; Weksler, Weiss, and Trerice acceptable. 2.4 THERMOMETER WELLS A. Furnish and install brass or stainless steel closed separable thermometer wells for all thermometer and controller bulbs which are designated for liquid measurements. Whenever a thermometer or controller bulb is inserted in a pipe for either remote or local temperature indication or control, locate the thermometer well so that it will be completely surrounded by flowing fluid. Such thermometer locations as shown on the drawings are diagrammatic only -install thermometer wells for maximum effectiveness and in the case of locally indicating instruments, for easy readability. B. Test Wells: Test wells for use with etched stem thermometers shall be Bolton No. 615 brass, with a threaded brass plug and keeper chain. Install these test wells so that they can be filled with oil to facilitate temperature measurements. 2.5 MERCURIAL THERMOMETERS A. Industrial type with Cycolac plastic cases, glass fronts, 9" scale, adjustable straight or angle pattern as required for ready readability. Furnish thermometers with 2-1/2" stem extensions ^' where they are installed in insulated lines. Select scale ranges for maximum readability at the design temperature of the medium being measured. Thermometer equal to Weksler No. AA5H9. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Weksler, Trerice, Weiss, Moeller. 2.6 COMBINATION PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE PORT A. Furnish and install where indicated "Pete's Plug" a 1/4" MPT fitting to receive either a temperature or pressure probe 1/8" OD. Fitting shall be solid brass with valve core of neoprene LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15110-5 PIPING AND ACCESSORIES fitted with cap with gasket. Furnish an extended stem as required to extend through pipe insulation where installed in insulated lines. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SYSTEMS A. Install runs of piping essentially as indicated on the drawings and/or as required. The location, direction and size of the various lines are indicated on the drawings. B. Make up all systems straight and true and properly graded for correct flow of contained materials and to provide drainage. Cut pipes accurately to measurements established at the building and work into place without forcing or springing. Except as required for specified grading, run all piping above ground parallel with the lines of the building. C. Make all changes in pipe sizes with reducing fittings. Use no long screws or bushings. ..«, D. Install and support piping systems with loops, bends, expansion joints and/or flexible connectors as required for flexibility, to accommodate expansion and contraction of piping due to temperature changes in the contained fluids and in the surrounding space, and to minimize the transmission of vibration to the building structure. E. Provide unions in the lines assembled with screwed and soldered fittings, at points of connection to equipment, and elsewhere as indicated or required to permit proper connections to be made, or to permit valves, equipment items, etc. to be removed. Provide unions also in welded lines at connections to equipment where flanges are not provided. Provide insulating unions where ferrous material joins non-ferrous material. F. In piping systems assembled by welding, use factory -fabricated weldingfittings of the same material and the same schedule or weight as the piping in which they are installed, except that branches or take -offs of sizes not exceeding 2/3 of the nominal diameter of the mains may be made with Bonney Weldolets or Thredolets. Mitering of pipe to form elbows, notching of straight runs to form tees, and any similar construction will not be permitted. G. In general, use listed materials in fabricating the various piping systems. The method of assembly may be varied only to meet special conditions where it is impossible to comply with the specified method of joining piping. Where special classes of piping are involved and are not listed, request exact instructions as to the class of material involved and the method of fabricating it before ordering materials. .A, 3.2 FLASHING A. Flash around all pipes passing through the roof with sheet lead not less than 4 lbs. per square foot, built a minimum of 8" in all directions from the outside of the pipe into the waterproofing. Flashing shall be run up the pipe and turned over into the pipe cavity. Flashing at roof drains shall be 36" square. 9 LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15110-6 99086 PIPING AND ACCESSORIES 3.3 PITCH PANS A. Small lines thru the roof shall be installed thru pitch pans. Pans shall be 18 gage galvanized, welded, 3" deep, 8" X 8" or larger, packed with lead wool and filled with pitch. 3.4 PIPE SLEEVES A. Generally where pipes pass through walls or floors except sewer pipes through floors on grade, pipe sleeves shall be used. The sizes of these sleeves shall be such as to permit readily the subsequent insertion of the pipes of the proper size. In the case of insulated lines, the diameter of the sleeves shall be approximately 1/2 inch greater than the outside diameter of the insulation. B. The pipes passing through interior walls or floors shall pass through galvanized pipe sleeves. In walls, they shall finish flush with each finished surface. In pipe chases, they shall extend 1-1/2 inches above the floor slab. The annular space between the pipe and sleeve in floor penetrations and fire rated wall penetrations shall be fire -sealed with fire resistive material equal to Dow Corning Silicone RTV Foam Penetration Seal. C. The pipes passing through concrete beams or walls, and masonry exterior walls and through floors shall be provided with galvanized wrought iron pipe sleeves. Weld at least four No. 4 rods to each pipe sleeve to serve as an anchor as directed by the Engineer. After the pipes are installed, in the case of pipes sleeving through exterior beams or walls and floors on grade, the Contractor shall fill the annular space between the pipe and its sleeve with mechanical interlocking synthetic rubber link equal to Link Seal. Contractor shall coordinate sleeve size to insure a watertight joint. 3.5 ESCUTCHEONS, CEILING PLATES A. Except as otherwise noted provide and install concealed hinge, chrome plated escutcheons or ceiling plates with spring catches around each pipe passing through any wall, floor, or ceiling in any space, except in underfloor and attic spaces. Plates shall be sized to fit snugly against the outside of the pipe, or against the outside of the insulation on lines which are insulated. B. No floor plates will be required around the iron pipe sleeves on exterior walls. 3.6 HEAT TRACE CABLE A. The Contractor shall furnish and install heat trace cable on all wet piping systems subject to freezing. This includes fire line, wet standpipe, domestic water piping, vessels containing water, condensing water lines, cold water makeup, drains, pumps, etc. The cable shall be installed as recommended by the manufacturer on all pipe, fittings, valves and pump casing. B. The capacity of the cable shall be sufficient to maintain fluid temperature for the applicable pipe size and insulation thickness with 50 degrees F temperature difference between pipe and fluid. f^ LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS ,,. 99086 r 15110-7 PIPING AND ACCESSORIES C. The cable shall be copper sheathed mineral insulated heating cable suitable for operation at 120/208 volt power. D. Furnish and install a thermostat, capillary and remote bulb for each cable. E. Cable shall be equal to Emerson-Chromalox MI cable. 3.7 FABRICATION OF PIPE JOINTS A. Threaded Pipes: Ream and deburr pipe after it is cut and before it is threaded. Stand each pipe on one end and hammer to remove all foreign material. Full cut threads, but not more than 3 pipe threads shall remain exposed when joint is completed. Make up joints with graphite and oil or an approved graphite compound applied to male threads only. Caulking of threaded joints to stop or prevent leaks is prohibited. B. Copper Tubing: Cut tubing square and deburr. Clean insides of fittings and outsides of tubing with sand cloth before assembly. Exercise care to prevent annealing of fittings and hard drawn tubing. Make all joints with solid string or wire solder, using non -corrosive paste flux of the proper type for each application. No cored solder will be permitted. Use 95-5 solder (95% tin, 5% antimony) or Silvabrite 100 solder (95.5% tin, 4% copper, .5% silver composition) for all copper tubing. Under no circumstances will solder with any lead content be permitted on the jobsite. C. Welded Joints: Make all welded joints by the metallic arc process. Use base material conforming to ANSI B31.1 for welded pipe ASTM Al 06 and ASTM A53. Use filler material conforming to ASTM A233 and in accordance with ANSI B31.1. Machine the ends of the material to be joined or gas cut. Make the cut smooth in order that good fit can be made and a full penetration weld made. Use direct current for welding with the electrode positive. Limit the depth of deposit to 1/8" per pass. Remove all slag or flux remaining on any bead of welding before laying down the next successive bead of welding. Remove any cracks or blow holes that appear on the surface of any bead of welding by chipping or grinding before depositing the next successive bead of welding. D. Test and qualify all welders in the horizontal fixed and vertical fixed positions in accordance with AWS Code. Stamp or otherwise identify each welded joint with the assigned number, letter or symbol of the welder making the joint. All field welding will be subject to inspection by a testing laboratory's inspection (to be selected by the Engineer and paid for by the Owner). The expense of qualifying welders shall be borne by the Contractor. E. Mechanical Couplings: Mechanical couplings and fittings shall be used to connect mechanical equipment and piping systems where specified. Rigid couplings shall have angle -pad design •+ equal to Victaulic Style 07, Zero -Flexible. Couplings shall be equal to Victaulic Style 77 where system flexibility is desired. Couplings shall be cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 or malleable iron conforming to ASTM A-47, Grade 32510. Gaskets shall be Grade "E" EPDM compound conforming to ASTM D-2000 designation 2CA615A25B24F17Z. Coupling bolts shall be Zinc plated (ASTM -B-633) heat-treated carbon steel track head conforming to physical properties of ASTM A-183. Unless specifically designated otherwise on the drawings, all couplings shall be flexible type at pump connections and in Mechanical Rooms. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15110-8 99086 PIPING AND ACCESSORIES F. Pipe Fittings shall be cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, or malleable iron conforming to ASTM A-47, Grade 32510. Where malleable fitting pattern is not available, fittings fabricated from Schedule 40 steel pipe or standard wall seamless weld fittings with grooved ends may be used. G. Before assembly of couplings, lightly coat gasket with lubricant to facilitate installation. H. Pipe grooving shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications contained in the latest published literature. Flanged Joints: Flanged joints shall be made using bolts and gaskets as specified. Faces of the flanges shall be cleaned of all dirt, rust or other foreign matter. The pipe, valve, or fitting shall be properly aligned and free to move while bolting, and the bolts shall be gradually tightened at a uniform rate around the entire flange. No strain shall be put on the flanges in making up the joint. Testing: 1. The Contractor shall have a minimum of 10 percent of all welds made by each welder examined and inspected by radiography. If a faulty weld is discovered, the Contractor shall perform radiographic inspection on all welds made by that welder. Any faulty welds shall be repaired and reinspected at the Contractor's expense. 2. The system shall be hydrostatically tested at 1.5 times the design pressure, specified in Chapter VI ASME Code B31.1-1986 for Power Piping, and carefully checked for leaks. The design pressure is 400 psig. After leaks are repaired, retest system; repeat repair and test until proved tight. Equipment shall be isolated from hydrostatic testing of piping. 3. Welds which cannot be hydrostatically tested, e.g., branch connections made to existing piping, shall be radiographed per Chapter VI, ASME Code B31.1-1986 at Contractor's expense. The Owner at his option may allow visual inspection of these welds in lieu of — radiographs. 3.8 REVISIONS AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING SYSTEMS A. Where conflicts occur between the new work and the existing piping systems which cannot be resolved, the Contractor shall relocate the existing piping system. Relocated positions of piping shall be tested for new work. All piping systems shall be free from leaks. 3.9 REPAIR OF LEAKS A. All leaks in piping systems shall be corrected as follows: 2. Repair leaks in solder joints by remaking the joint; no soldering or brazing over existing joints will be permitted. 3. Repair leaks in screwed joints by tightening the joint; remake the joint if the tightening fails to stop the leak. 4. Leaks in caulked joints may be stopped by additional caulking of the joint; but if that fails, remake the joint. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15110-9 99086 PIPING AND ACCESSORIES 5. Repair leaks in welded joints by removing the defective weld completely through the ... base metal and grind smooth. Re -weld, accomplishing 100% penetration of the base metal. The repair weld should in no case be less than 4" in length. B. When any defect is repaired, retest that section of the system. 3.10 HANDLING OF MATERIAL A. Hauling: All materials furnished by the Contractor shall be delivered and distributed at the site by the Contractor. B. Loading and Unloading: Pipe, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be loaded or unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the ground. Each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be installed. No material shall be unloaded where it will block any road, drive, building entrance, or walkway or where it will be a hazard to safe vehicular or pedestrian traffic. C. Care of Pipe Coating and Lining: Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining shall not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his expense. If satisfactory repair cannot be made, the Contractor shall replace the damaged pipe. 3.11 ALIGNMENT AND GRADES A. General: All pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves, at the required locations; spigots centered in bells; and all valve stems plumb. All pipe shall be installed straight and true to line. B. Deviations Occasioned by Other Structures: Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work, the lines and/or grades shall be adjusted so to not interfere with existing obstructions. END OF SECTION LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 SECTION 15210 — CHILLED WATER SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 15210-1 CHILLED WATER SYSTEMS 1.1 NOTE A. Conform with , applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials. 1.3 SCOPE A. This section of the specifications pertains to all labor, materials, equipment and service necessary for and incidental to the chilled water systems as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein. B. Install chilled water circulating piping complete and connect to coils, pumps, and other equipment. Include drain lines where shown or required. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: Refer to Section "Piping and Accessories". A. Chilled Water Lines: Standard weight black steel. Piping larger than 2" shall be assembled by welding. Victaulic couplings may be used on lines 2" and larger. Lines 2" and smaller may be screwed using malleable iron banded fittings. B. Drain Lines: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe assembled with 150 pound malleable iron, banded pattern, screwed fittings or, at the Contractor's option, may be type L hard copper assembled with wrought copper solder joint fittings. Do not mix the two materials. C. Automatic Air Vents: ASME labeled; equal to Crane No. 976. Crane and Sarco acceptable. Pipe discharge to a floor drain or as directed. D. Relief Valves: ASME labeled: equal to Bell and Gossett No. 250 having a relief setting of 125 pounds; Bell and Gossett, Taco or Thrush acceptable. Provide a relief valve in each closed water piping system. E. [Suction Diffuser: Gustin-Bacon Series 410 with 150 lb. flange pump connection and drain Plug-] LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15210-2 CHILLED WATER SYSTEMS F. [Strainer: "Y" pattern Dunham Bush Type "MUL" or "SS -A". Vertical pattern McAlear Series 800.] G. Expansion Tank: Bladder tank with butyl diaphragm as manufactured by Adamson. Size as shown on drawings. Mount on floor. It shall be factory coated for corrosion resistance. H. Provide and install in the water supply line to each expansion tank a gate valve, a Bell and Gossett No. D-250 combination anti -syphon pressure reducing valve and relief valve, and a check valve. I. Connections to Small Coils: Connections to water coils having 3/4" connections and smaller may be served using type "L" soft copper tubing. Provide a dielectric unions where steel pipe ends. Use only 95-5 or other high melting solder for these runouts. J. Shot Feeder: Provide and install a two gallon shot feeder across the supply and return mains of the closed water circulating system. The feeder shall be installed with ball valves on either side of the feeder. Provide an air cock, funnel, fill valve and drain valve. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SYSTEMS A. Lay all water circulating lines on an even slope throughout to insure freedom from air locks and traps. Grade the system downward to the circulating pumps with valved drain connections from the low points to floor drains. Where additional low points are unavoidable, provide service drains to permit the complete drainage of the system. B. Provide automatic air vents at all high points of the system. Where horizontal mains change size, employ eccentric reducing couplings so installed as to keep the tops of coupled pipes on the same level. C. Install drains from each pump base and from each air unit pan to the nearest floor drain in each case. Provide any other drain lines indicated on the drawings or required. D. Install manual valves where required to segregate individual items of equipment or sections of circulating systems or where indicated on the drawings or required. 3.2 CLEANING A. Fill the system with a solution consisting of either one pound of caustic soda or three pounds of trisodium phosphate per 100 gallons of water. Eliminate all air and circulate this solution for 48 hours. Drain the system and thoroughly flush it with fresh water. Clean out all strainers. Refill the system with fresh water. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15210-3 CHILLED WATER SYSTEMS 3.3 TESTING A. Before insulating or concealing any lines, test all piping. Test all lines at 150% of the system working pressure or 100 psig, whichever is greater, for not less than 4 hours with no leaks. 3.4 CHEMICAL TREATMENT A. The Contractor shall provide and install the initial chemical treatment and the first year supply of chemical. Provide chemical analysis report to Engineer indicating system condition after initial fill. END OF SECTION 0 r■+ 9 LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 SECTION 15220 — HEATING WATER SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 15220- 1 HEATING WATER SYSTEMS 1.1 NOTE A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials. 1.3 SCOPE A. This section of the specifications pertains to all labor, materials, equipment and service necessary for and incidental to the heating water systems as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein. B. Install heating water circulating piping complete and connect to coils, pumps, and other equipment. Include drain lines where shown or required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: Refer to Section "Piping and Accessories A. Heating Water Lines: Standard weight black steel. Piping larger than 2" shall be assembled by welding. Victaulic couplings may be used on lines 4"and larger. Lines 2" and smaller may be screwed using malleable iron banded fittings. B. Drain Lines: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe assembled with 150 pound malleable iron, banded pattern, screwed fittings or, at the Contractor's option, may be type L hard copper assembled with wrought copper solder joint fittings. Do not mix the two materials. C. Automatic Air Vents: ASME labeled; equal to Crane No. 976. Crane and Sarco acceptable. Pipe discharge to a floor drain or as directed. D. Relief Valves: ASME labeled: equal to Bell and Gossett No. 250 having a relief setting of 125 pounds; Bell and Gossett, Taco or Thrush acceptable. Provide a relief valve in each closed water piping system. E. [Suction Diffuser: Gustin-Bacon Series 410 with 150 lb. flange pump connection and drain plug.] LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15220-2 99086 HEATING WATER SYSTEMS F. [Strainer: "Y" pattern Dunham Bush Type "MUL" or "SS -A". Vertical pattern McAlear Series 800.] 2.2 EXPANSION TANK A. Expansion Tank: Bladder tank with butyl diaphragm as manufactured by Adamson. Size as shown on drawings. Mount on floor. It shall be factory coated for corrosion resistance. B. Provide and install in the water supply line to each expansion tank a gate valve, a Bell and Gossett No. D-250 combination anti -syphon pressure reducing valve and relief valve, and a check valve. C. Connections to Small Coils: Connections to water coils having 3/4" connections and smaller may be served using type "L" soft copper tubing. Provide a dielectric unions where steel pipe ends. Use only 95-5 or other high melting solder for these runouts. D. Shot Feeder: Provide and install a two gallon shot feeder across the supply and return mains of the closed water circulating system. The feeder shall be installed with ball valves on either side of the feeder. Provide an air cock, funnel, fill valve and drain valve. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SYSTEMS A. Lay all water circulating lines on an even slope throughout to insure freedom from air locks and traps. Grade the system downward to the circulating pumps with valved drain connections from the low points to floor drains. Where additional low points are unavoidable, provide service drains to permit the complete drainage of the system. B. Provide automatic air vents at all high points of the system. Where horizontal mains change size, employ eccentric reducing couplings so installed as to keep the tops of coupled pipes on the same level. C. Install drains from each pump base and from each air unit pan to the nearest floor drain in each case. Provide any other drain lines indicated on the drawings or required. D. Install manual valves where required to segregate individual items of equipment or sections of circulating systems or where indicated on the drawings or required. 3.2 CLEANING A. Fill the system with a solution consisting of either one pound of caustic soda or three pounds of trisodium phosphate per 100 gallons of water. Eliminate all air, heat to operating temperature, and circulate this solution for 48 hours. Drain the system and thoroughly flush it with fresh water. Clean out all strainers. Refill the system with fresh water. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15220-3 99086 HEATING WATER SYSTEMS 3.3 TESTING A. Before insulating or concealing any lines, test all piping. Test all lines at 150% of the system working pressure or 100 psig, whichever is greater, for not less than 4 hours with no leaks. 3.4 CHEMICAL TREATMENT A. The Contractor shall provide and install the initial chemical treatment and the first year supply of chemical. Provide chemical analysis report to Engineer indicating system condition after initial fill. END OF SECTION LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 s* SECTION 15230 — MARKING AND IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 15230- 1 MARKING AND IDENTIFICATION 1.1 NOTE A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials. 1.3 SCOPE A. This section applies to piping systems used to transport gases, liquids or semi -liquids. The term "piping systems", includes pipes, fittings, valves and pipe coverings located either inside or outside the buildings. This identification scheme does not apply to piping systems buried in the ground. 1.4 REFERENCES A. Occupational Safety and Health Standards - Part 1910.144. B. Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems - ANSI A 13.1 C. Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards - ANSI 253.1 1.5 METHOD OF IDENTIFICATION A. The primary identification of a piping system shall be made by a positive identification of the material content of the system by lettered legend, giving the name of the content in full or abbreviated form. This mark shall be conspicuously placed at frequent intervals on straight runs, close to all valves, at changes of direction and where pipes pass through walls, floors or ceilings. Arrows shall be used to indicate direction of flow. B. This identifying mark shall be supplemented by the use of a color code which will indicate the nature of the material carried in the system. Piping systems shall be placed, by the nature of their contents, in one of the basic groups listed below. Each group is assigned a predominant color range as noted. C. The entire exposed length of the piping system shall be painted by its proper color code to identify the system. Markers shall be painted on using stencils. Specialties shall be painted as specified for piping. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15230-2 MARKING AND IDENTIFICATION D. Markers shall be placed on piping at each connection to an item of equipment, at each pump, and on each drop to an outlet. Markers shall be placed on each run of piping at intervals not exceeding 50 feet where exposed in a room and 25 feet when installed above removable ceilings, except that no exposed line shall enter a room without being identified therein. Markers on lines above removable ceilings shall be applied on the undersides of the lines and ducts and in other areas shall be applied to be most visible. Also supply directional flow indicators adjacent to identification markers similarly color coded and sized. E. Size of Identification: Outside Diameter Size of Legend of Pipe or Covering Letters (" Height) 3/4 to 1-1/4 1/2 1-1/2 to 2 3/4 2-1/2 to 6 1-1/4 8 to 10 2-1/2 Over 10 3-1/2 F. Colors: Exact colors shall conform to Owners Piping Identification Code. All numbers are PITTSBURGH: Piping Color Steam - 100 PSI Safety Yellow - 6-264 Steam - 40 PSI Safety Yellow - 6-264 Steam - 15 PSI Safety Yellow - 6-264 Condensate - High Pressure Sunset Orange - 54-124 Condensate - Low Pressure Sunset Orange - 54-124 Condensate - Pump Return Sunset Orange - 54-124 Ducts - Supply and Return Safety Orange - 6-259 Hot and Chilled Water Supply & Return Spanish Blue - 1-346 Waste and Vent Flat Black - 54-198 Cold Water Vista Green - 6-256 Hot Water Rose Coral - 15P-27 Fire Lines & Gas (Nat.) Safety Red - 6-261 Air Lines Autumn Brown - 54-126 Equipment Pumps H & CH Water Seal Brown - 1-344 W LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15230-3 99086 MARKING AND IDENTIFICATION Converter Rose Coral - 15P-27 A.H. Unit, Generator Touch up as required H.W. Storage Tank Rose Coral - 15 P 27 Sump Pump, Water Pumps Safety Blue - 6-262 Controls Equipment Powder Blue - 4P-55 Copper Pipe Polish and lacquer Electrical Materials Grey Vacuum Lines Reef Brown - 95-6 (Color Guild) Gas (Natural) Safety Red - 6-261 1.6 IDENTIFICATION A. The Contractor shall provide and install, on each valve and cock which he installs, a Seton P-250 tag with depressed, black filled numbers and letters identifying the service by letters and the number of the valve. Attach these to the handles of the valves and cocks using meter seals, approved brass S hooks, or heavy copper clad annealed iron wire. B. Furnish and install where directed a chart or directory listing the complete identification of every valve and cock. This chart shall designate class of service, and shall itemize the valve or cock identified, shall list its exact location, shall give its number, and shall be neatly typed and mounted under a glass pane in a suitable frame. These charts shall, in addition, list the various colors identifying the piping. 1.7 IDENTIFICATION OF UNDERGROUND LINES A. All lines installed underground shall have a 6" wide 0.004" thick color coded, permanent plastic tape buried above the pipe, approximately 12" below grade. The tape shall identify the pipe thus protected. B. Marking Access Doors and Panels: C. Lay -in Ceiling Panels: Use color coded thumb tacks neatly aligned in one corner of the panel to identify valves, fire dampers, smoke dampers, etc. The color code shall conform to the piping identification color code for valve access. The color shall be red for fire and smoke dampers. D. Stencil 1/2" high letters on concealed access doors to identify fire and smoke dampers. 0 LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 1.8 IDENTIFICATION AND LABELING 15230-4 MARKING AND IDENTIFICATION A. The Contractor shall make it possible for the personnel operating and maintaining the equipment and systems in this project to readily identify the various pieces of equipment, valves, piping, etc., by marking them. All items of equipment such as fans, pumps, etc., shall be clearly marked using engraved nameplates as hereinafter specified. The item of equipment shall indicate the same number as shown on the drawings. For example, pumps will be identified as P-1, P-2, P-3, etc.; exhaust fans will be EF -1, EF -2, etc.; AC Units will be AC -1, AC -2, etc. B. All items of mechanical and electrical equipment shall be identified by the attachment of engraved nameplates constructed from laminated phenolic plastic, at least 1/16" thick, 3 -ply, with black surfaces and white core. Engraving shall be condensed gothic, at least 1/2" high, appropriately spaced. Nomenclature on the label shall include the name of the item, its mark number, area, space, or equipment served, and other pertinent information. Equipment to be labeled shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Boilers 2. Chillers 3. Pumps 4. AC Units 5. Convertors 6. Air Conditioning Control Panels and Switches 7. Exhaust and Return Air Fans 8. Miscellaneous - similar and/or related items END OF SECTION 0 LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 SECTION 15311 —AIR DISTRIBUTION 15311 - 1 AIR DISTRIBUTION PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 NOTE A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials. 1.3 SCOPE A. This section of the specifications comprises the furnishing of all labor, materials, transportation, tools and appliances and in performing all operations in connection with the installation of apparatus casing, ductwork, plenums, linings, air distribution devices, dampers and control devices, relief air vents, curbs and other materials and accessories as described herein and/or as shown on the accompanying drawings, or reasonably implied therefrom. B. In addition, connect all air conditioning units, automatic dampers, filters and all other materials and install (and/or cooperate in the installation with other trades) those various items of equipment and materials. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCT CONSTRUCTION TEST A. A trial leak test, as specified herein, shall be made after installation of the first section of each type of ductwork to demonstrate adequacy of the construction details. All testing shall be done in the presence of the Engineer. B. Each test section shall incorporate at least five transverse joints and all typical fittings. C. Drawings showing all construction details of test sections, test procedures and instrumentation, and test results shall be submitted for record purposes. No additional ductwork shall be installed until the trial test installation described above has been approved. D. Low pressure duct shall be tested at 3 "w.c. Construction of low pressure systems shall be inherently airtight and leakage shall be of a sufficiently low magnitude as to be inaudible in quiet ambient and not detectable by sense of feel. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15311-2 99086 AIR DISTRIBUTION 2.2 DUCT LINER A. All sheet metal supply, return, and fresh air duct shall be lined. B. The listed ducts shall be lined to a thickness of 1" with Johns -Manville "Permacote Linacoustic" mat faced duct liner, or equal duct liner coated with immobilized antimicrobial impregnated acrylic surface coating on one side. C. Duct liner shall have an average thermal conductivity of .25 btu-in./sq. ft. -degree F. at a mean temperature of 75 F. D. Duct liner shall comply with ASTM C1071 with an NRC not less than 0.70 as tested per ASTM C423. E. The duct liner shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations with the coated side away from the metal, using weld pins or adhesive Tuffbond and adhesive type metal clips, Gemco, or equal, of the type which do not protrude through the duct. The size of the ducts indicated are actual internal sizes and the sheet metal sizes shall be 2" greater in both dimensions to accommodate the lining. No voids are permitted. F. Use 100% adhesive coverage and clips at the rate as specified by SMACNA. 2.3 HIGH PRESSURE DUCTS A. This ductwork shall be defined as that between the discharge of the supply fan and pressure reducing terminal boxes. This work shall be provided and installed as shown and as specified hereinafter. B. This ductwork shall be round in cross-section, flat oval or rectangular as shown on the drawings. It shall be constructed according to the latest edition of the ASHRAE HANDBOOK. Duct construction details shall be in accordance with the "High Pressure Duct Standard, 3rd Edition", published by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Inc. except as may be abridged herein. C. All job -constructed ducts shall be made with longitudinal joints butted and welded. Round ducts 48" in diameter and smaller and all flat oval ducts shall be factory fabricated spirally wound conduit made from zinc coated steel strips. All such ducts shall be delivered in standard lengths and shall be cut to proper length at the site by power saw to insure proper fit and square alignment. D. Fittings used on round or flat oval ducts shall be shop fabricated by welding. Changes in direction shall be made with mitered fittings of at least 3 sections; 90 degree elbows shall contain not less than five sections. Branch takeoffs shall be at 45 degree, except where indicated on the drawings they may be 90 degree conical taps. The run of a conical take -off shall be not less than the diameter of the branch which it serves. This contractor shall furnish for review drawings of fittings which he proposes to use and shall not proceed with fabrication until review by the Engineer. r LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15311-3 AIR DISTRIBUTION E. A high degree of dimensional accuracy is required in both conduit and fittings in order that the installation may be strong, rigid, and within allowable limits of air leakage. Inside diameter of conduits when checked with ring gages shall show a variation from nominal diameter of not more than 0.030". Fittings shall be provided with male connections and, when checked with ring gages, shall show a variation from nominal outside diameter of not more than 0.015 inch. F. Transitions shall be all welded construction. In any required rectangular ells, provide Airsan "Acoustiturn" double thick acoustical turning vanes. G. All high pressure ducts having a dimension of 36" or greater shall be assembled using gasketed I companion flanges. H. All other joints between conduits and between conduits and fittings shall be made with "Hardcast" cement reinforced with self -tapping drill screws. Conduits shall be joined with couplings. Adjoining surfaces of fitting or coupling and conduit at each joint shall be thoroughly cleaned, and after receiving a uniform coat of cement shall be pressed together. Joints so formed shall be further strengthened by the use of hex head No. 7x12 self -tapping drill screws installed with a screw gun. Screws shall be equally spaced around the circumference and centered longitudinally on the joint. Use three screws per joint on conduit with diameters of 3" through 8" and space screws approximately 6" apart on conduit with diameters of 9" and over. Then seal the joint with "Hardcast" assembled using manufacturer's instructions. I. It is essential that all high velocity ductwork be practically air tight. After erection in place, and before being insulated or connected to the air distribution units, each high velocity duct system shall be tested for leaks. For the test, each system shall be capped at all openings. Pressure test according to the SMACNA procedure, admitting air thru a precision orifice and using pressure taps and a manometer. Under this test there shall be no whistling leaks and the pressure drop across the orifice shall not exceed the pressure drop corresponding to 1% air loss according to SMACNA Tables of the design air quantity in that branch. 2.4 PLENUMS A. The Contractor shall fabricate and install all sheet metal plenums. Plenums shall be constructed and insulated as specified for "Low Pressure Ductwork." In addition as a minimum requirement, plenums shall be braced with 1-1/2 by 10 gauge angles 24" on center, all sides. When plenums are mounted on the floor there shall be an additional angle around the plenum secured to the floor. Caulk all seams air and water tight. B. There shall be at least one door in each plenum 18 by 48" with two latches, 12" square Airsan Ductport, piano hinge, and gasket. All plenum doors shall be double metal clad with V thick internal insulation. Provide two Ventlock series 300 latches on each door. 2.5 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Provide sound isolating flexible connections between connecting ducts and the inlet and outlet of each fan. These connections shall in each case be long enough to permit a minimum separation of 3" between the duct and the fan or unit housing with at least 1" slack in the flexible material itself. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15311-4 99086 AIR DISTRIBUTION B. The material shall be of a vinyl coated woven nylon/polyester blend base fabric, 22 oz. per square yard, meeting NFPA 90A and B for flame spread and smoke developed. It shall be fire resistant, waterproof and mildew -resistant. The material shall be equal to Excelon Fabric as manufactured by Duro-Dyne. 2.6 ROUND DUCT TAPS A. All round takeoffs shall be made with spin -in type fittings for sheet metal duct or fiberglass ductboard as applicable. Provide each with a factory installed balancing damper, positive locking nut and air scoop. 2.7 SMOKE DAMPERS A. Smoke dampers shall be installed in each duct penetrating a smoke partition. Smoke dampers shall each be motorized fire dampers, Ruskin Type FB90ASM, Class II DCFM leakage @ 1 "SP. Construction shall be in accordance with NFPA 90A. The smoke dampers shall close on a signal from the fire alarm system or the operation of a smoke detector. Provide access doors with ductports in the duct and a ceiling access door at each smoke damper for servicing the damper, motor, and smoke detector. A UL label is required on each smoke damper. 2.8 FIRE DAMPERS A. Weighted fire dampers having bronze bearings and held open by fusible links shall be constructed and installed in accordance with the recommendations of the National Fire Protection Association as published in NFPA Bulletin 90A and applicable ordinances and the Building Code. All fire dampers shall have Underwriters' Laboratory labels. B. Specifically, fire dampers shall be provided at the points indicated on the drawings, where a duct penetrates a fire rated partition and where a duct penetrates the roof, ceiling, floor or other areas requiring a fire rated separation. They shall also be installed at any other location as required by applicable codes. Provide access panels in the duct and access doors in the ceiling or wall to service and test the damper. Access doors with vision panes shall be furnished with wire glass. C. Furnish fire dampers with fusible links rated for 160 degrees F unless indicated otherwise. Fire dampers shall be constructed of galvanized steel and rated at 1-1/2 hours for partitions and floors rated up to 2 hours, and 3 hour rating for use in partitions and floors rated up to 4 hours unless noted otherwise. Blades shall be of the interlocking type, those in high pressure duct shall be 100% free area and out of the air stream. Fire dampers shall be suitable for either horizontal or vertical mounting as required and shall be furnished with factory fabricated sleeve minimum of two gauges heavier than connecting ductwork. D. Fire dampers in low pressure duct shall be equal to Action Air, Inc. Model 150A. Fire dampers in ceiling air distribution outlets shall be equal to Action Air, Inc. Model 400. i ii LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15311- 5 AIR DISTRIBUTION 2.9 ACCESS PANEL A. Access doors of sufficient size shall be installed in ducts to permit servicing of contained equipment including fire extinguishing equipment, dampers, etc. Where those panels are in insulated ducts, they shall be double wall panels with material to match the lining and of the same thickness. In uninsulated ducts they shall be single wall construction. All access panels shall have No. 310 Ventlock catches and pulls, No. 260 hinges and No. 390 gaskets. B. Where access panels are not exposed or readily accessible above removable ceilings, provide access doors in the general construction. 2.10 DUCTPORTS A. Provide Airsan "Ductports" where specified or shown on the drawings. Also provide a ductport, visible thru the ceiling access door or panel, at each fire and smoke damper in high pressure duct, located so that the damper can be viewed without opening the duct access. All ductports shall be constructed of wired, tempered glass. B. Ductports shall be gasketed air tight. In exhaust or return ducts the 12" square glass pane may be single thickness tempered glass. In all other locations it shall be double glazed. In all cases, glass in duct ports shall be wire glazing. 2.11 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES A. Furnish and install all grilles, registers, and diffusers for every purpose. Refer to the tabulation on the drawings for types, sizes and accessories. B. Allgrilles, registers, and diffusers located in _the ceiling shall be factory finished in OF Door grilles shall be factory finished in baked enamel medium birch tan. C. All other grilles and registers shall be factory primed and spray painted 2 coats on the job. D. All grilles and registers shall be installed with tamperproof screws and shall be secured to the duct with a minimum of four screws. E. Where perforated supply grilles are scheduled, they shall be of the type with adjustable curved blades in the neck of the diffusers. Other types are not acceptable. F. Air distribution devices as manufactured by Barber Colman, Titus, Tuttle and Bailey, Metal -Aire or Krueger will be acceptable. 2.12 AIR VALVE A. The air valves shall be of the dual duct or single duct type and shall be provided in a complete package with control damper, electric actuator and variable air volume control assembly, etc. The damper shall be housed in a 22 gauge galvanized steel housing of leak resistant construction with mechanical seal and with coated V thick insulation to resist erosion and to meet NFPA LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15311-6 99086 AIR DISTRIBUTION 90A and 90B requirements. The air valves shall be arranged either normally open or closed to meet the requirements of the hot or cold duct in which they are to be installed. Access to the damper and linkage shall be either through the outlet or through an access door. Scribe end of damper rod to indicate damper position. Secure damper linkage with indents and screws or through pins. B. The electric controllers shall provide the characteristics of pressure independence so that the minimum and/or maximum CFM requirements of each space served will be obtained throughout the entire operating range of the air valve, regardless of the pressure changes in the system. C. Where two air valves (hot and cold) serve a single space through a single thermostat, they shall have the capability to operate either with a dead band between the two control modes or with mixing at the junction of the two modes where minimum air CFM is specified. Above the _ minimum CFM there shall be no mixing. D. A mixer -attenuator section is required on the discharge of the cold or hot and cold air valves if the assembly NC is greater than 35 at system pressure. Radiated sound shall not exceed 30 NC at 0.50 in. SP in. It shall be a minimum of 30" long. E. Air valves shall be Price EV8000, Price REV8000 or approved equal. These air valves have a round inlet for hot and cold ducts. PROVIDE TO THE OWNER SIX (6) SPARE FLOW LOGIC ANALYZERS. F. The new either single duct (cold) or dual duct (hot and cold) air valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The unit shall be level +/-5 degrees to meet the operating requirements of the flow logic analyzer, which is attached to the side of the unit. Should it not be possible to level the terminal unit properly the flow logic analyzer will be removed, leveled and remounted. A minimum of 1-1/2 diameters of straight round duct is required ahead of the terminal unit so that the static pressure sensor of the pressure independent control will function properly. Any turns or flexible duct will be ahead of the straight run. Maximum length of flexible ducts shall be 18". END OF SECTION LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15410-1 99086 INSULATION SECTION 15410 —INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 NOTE A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials. 1.3 SCOPE A. This section of the specifications comprises the furnishing of all labor, materials, transportation, tools and appliances and in performing all operations in connection with the installation of thermal insulation, coverings, jackets, supports, shields, etc. as described herein and/or as shown �. on the accompanying drawings, or reasonably implied therefrom. All surfaces which may vary from the ambient temperature shall be insulated unless specifically excepted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. In describing the various materials, application procedures, and finishes, each item will be described singularly, even though there may be a multiplicity of identical applications. Also where the description is only general in nature, exact dimensions, arrangements and other data shall be determined by reference to plans, schedules, and details, including those provided by equipment manufacturers. B. Where materials are described under other sections of the specifications and are pertinent to this section, they shall be installed hereunder as though they were repeated herein. C. All insulation shall have composite fire and smoke hazard ratings as tested by procedure NFPA 225, not exceeding flame spread 25, smoke developed 50. Accessories such as adhesives, mastics, cement, tape, cloth, etc. shall have these same component ratings. D. All materials installed under this section of the specifications shall be manufactured in the United States of America. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15410-2 99086 INSULATION 2.2 VAPOR BARRIER JACKETS A. Factory -applied vapor -barrier jackets shall be laminated of flame resistant white kraft paper and .001 inch thick aluminum foil reinforced with glass fiber fabric between the foil and the paper. The foil and paper shall be adhered with a flame resistant latex adhesive. B. Where specified, insulate valves and fittings with two fiberglass inserts and preformed Manville "Zeston" covers with taped seams. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The installation of all thermal insulation shall be performed by a recognized firm regularly engaged in the insulation business, using skilled insulation mechanics and using insulation materials which are the product of reputable manufacturer of the materials, using any special materials as required by these specifications and by those published standards. B. Any insulation which is not applied in a workmanlike manner will be rejected and replaced. All coverings shall be smooth, flush, dressed to line and tight. Mastic shall be neatly applied and tooled. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any insulation whose appearance he deems unacceptable. 3.2 APPLICATION OF INSULATION A. Apply insulation and pipe covering after all work has been tested, found to be tight and accepted as such by the Engineer. Thoroughly clean and dry all surfaces to be covered. 3.3 INSULATION ON EQUIPMENT AND PIPING SYSTEMS A. The following describes materials, thicknesses and finishes for insulation and coverings. In the following, the word "exposed" shall apply to any line, duct, or other material or surface in any room above the lowest floor in any building unit, exterior to the building and above ground, and/or in equipment rooms; the word 'concealed" shall apply to any line, duct, or other material or surface in other underfloor areas, ceiling spaces furrings and chases. B. Also included in this section is the requirement for patching and repair of existing insulation where new connections are made. 1. Chilled Water Lines: Insulate with molded sectional glass fiber pipe covering with factory applied all purpose vapor barrier jacket equal to Manville "Micro -Lok APT 850". Insulation shall be 1-1/2" thick. Insulate valves and fittings with fiberglass inserts and "Zeston" PVC covers. 2. Heating Water Supply and Return Lines: Insulate with molded sectional glass fiber pipe covering with factory applied all purpose vapor barrier jacket equal to Manville LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15410-3 INSULATION "Micro -Lok APT 650". Insulation shall be 1-1/2" thick. Insulate valves and fittings with fiberglass inserts and "Zeston" PVC covers. 3. Domestic Hot Water and Circulating Lines: Insulate with 1" thick Manville "Micro -Lok APT 650" molded sectional glass fiber pipe covering with all purpose jacket. Insulate valves and fittings with Manville preformed "Zeston" PVC covers over fiberglass insulation. 4. Domestic Cold Water Lines: All cold water lines throughout with those exceptions noted hereinbefore, shall be insulated with 1/2" thick Manville "Micro-lok APT 650" molded glass fiber pipe covering with factory applied vapor barrier jacket. Insulate valves and fittings with Manville preformed "Zeston" PVC covers over fiberglass insulation. 5. Water Chiller: Factory insulated. 6. Boiler: Factory Insulated. 7. Duct Insulation: Refer to Section'AIR DISTRIBUTION' for duct liner specification. END OF SECTION P" PM r LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 SECTION 15550 — EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 15550- 1 EQUIPMENT 1.1 NOTE A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data and shop drawings on all items specified. 1.3 SCOPE A. This section of the specifications pertains to all labor, materials, equipment and service necessary for and incidental to the mechanical equipment as shown on the drawings and/or as specified herein. B. This section requires the furnishing of all equipment specified and/or shown on the drawings. Equipment referred to singularly shall mean each item, and the total number of items shown or specified shall be furnished. All equipment shall be manufactured in the USA. C. All appurtenances and auxiliary equipment necessary to the function of any specified item of equipment shall be furnished with the item of equipment, whether specifically mentioned or not. Each item of equipment shall perform the function for which it is intended, and all work necessary to provide a complete functional system shall be provided. D. This specification requires that all items of equipment be completely installed, finally connected, tested and placed in service. E. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to verify all requirements of the equipment and the contract and certify with the submittal of the shop drawings that all requirements have been met, including: 1. Space requirements ffi 2. Electrical requirements(voltage, phase, wires - no. and size) 3. Capacities 4. Clearance for maintenance 5. Quality �„ 6. Quantity LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15550-2 99086 EQUIPMENT PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MOTORS A. Motors shall be furnished for all motor driven equipment. Motors with special operating conditions such as multiple speed or in hazardous locations shall be as specified under the equipment served. General service motors driving through flexible couplings or belts shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Less than 1/6 HP: Split phase, 40 degree C ambient, dripproof or enclosed as required by exposure, with a service factor of 1.0. Provide with inherent thermal overload protection. 2. Fractional larger than 1/6 HP: Capacitor start, 40 degree C ambient, dripproof or enclosed as required by exposure, with a service factor of 1.0 or greater. Provide with inherent thermal overload protection. 3. Integral Horsepower, Single Phase: Capacitor type, 40 degree C ambient, dripproof or enclosed as required by exposure, with a service factor of 1.15. 4. Three Phase: High efficiency continuous duty squirrel cage type, 40 degree C ambient, dripproof or totally enclosed fan cooled as required by exposure with a service factor of 1.15. Power factor shall be 85% or greater. Motors shall be equal to Gould E -Plus. 2.2 MOTOR STARTERS A. The Division 15 Contractor shall furnish all motor starters (controllers) and control equipment for equipment specified under Division 15. The Contractor under this section of the specifications shall be responsible for coordinating starter sizes, characteristics, heater element sizes and all other details. B. All individual starters shall be the product of a single manufacturer and submitted for review at the same time. C. Where starters are specified with items of equipment, the starters shall be factory mounted and wired. D. Magnetic Starters (Full Voltage): Starters shall be combination starter/fused disconnect switch units or combination starter/unfused disconnect switch units unless otherwise indicated. E. Units shall be of General Electric, Square D, Cutler Hammer or Siemens manufacture with the proper enclosures. F. Provide pilot lights and either pushbutton stations or hand -off -automatic switches as required for the control of each item of equipment. Generally, pushbutton stations shall be used only where no interlock or remote functions are specified. Control devices shall be in the starter cover unless otherwise indicated. G. Provide auxiliary contacts on starters to accomplish interlocks and control as specified. Starter disconnecting means shall have auxiliary contacts to disconnect all control circuits when the starter is disconnected. H. Provide all three phase starters with three overload elements, one per phase. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15550-3 EQUIPMENT I. Equip each starter unit with a control power transformer, with 120 volt secondary, a secondary fuse in one leg and the other secondary leg grounded. Provide primary fuses with secondary fuse in ungrounded leg. J. Manual Starters: Where manual starters are indicated, they shall consist of a horsepower rated on-off switch, or hand -off -auto switch with a pilot light and overload element(s) in the same enclosure. Where the starter is installed in public areas, it shall be in a recessed box with a stainless steel coverplate. 2.3 BELT GUARDS A. Belt guards shall be provided for all belt driven equipment installed under this contract. Guards shall be rigidly constructed of 18 gauge sheet metal on angle iron frame, with fronts of expanded metal or 1/2 inch mesh hardware cloth. Guards shall be sized to permit belt tightening to the full r -s extent of the motor slide rails. They shall be securely installed in such fashion as to permit ready removal for servicing of the protected drive. Guards shall have tach holes. 2.4 BOILER - MODULAR/NATURAL DRAFT A. Furnish and install, where indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and in compliance with all rules and regulations. B. Gas-fired cast iron modular hot water boilers, complete with one or more batteries modules and accessories. C. Heating plant shall be A.G.A. design certified for an input of 1800 BTUH and a heating capacity of 1440 BTUH and an I=B=R net output rating of 1252 BTUH for automatic operation with natural gas. Heating plant shall be HYDROTHERM MULTI -TEMP MODEL MR -1800. D. Each module shall be ASME coded for 100 psi working pressure and completely factory - assembled to include automatic combination gas valve with intermittent pilot, transformer, atmospheric -type lanced aluminized -steel burners, base, absorption unit, and hi -limit aquastat. Manufacturer shall provide an ASME pressure relief valve with a capacity to the module's gross output, a temperature/pressure indicator, a drain valve, and a draft hood for each module. E. Each battery of modules shall be equipped with a manual reset hi -limit and a low water cut-off. Manufacturer shall provide insulated factory -finished steel jackets for assembly into one complete extended jacket for each battery of modules. Optional headers, as supplied by the manufacturer, shall be included for each battery of modules with self -aligning couplings, pipe nipples and unions for connection to modules. F. Each module's cast iron absorption unit construction shall be of horizontal section design to provide zig-zag water flow through base, intermediate and top sections, with maximum heat transfer from deep -ribbed iron surfaces, assembled with cast iron push nipples. Cope seal shall be employed between sections to provide permanent gas-tight seal between sections. Sections shall be held together with draw rods. Flue collector shall be of same quality cast iron as absorption unit. Absorption unit shall be held to cast iron side plates and lined with high- . LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15550-4 99086 EQUIPMENT _ temperature, mineral -fibre insulating panels by mounting clips and bands. Base assembly shall be fire -tested and dielectric tested. G. Each module's gas controls shall be factory -wired and tested, and suitable for individual step firing without reducing module's thermal efficiency. Heating plant control system may be provided by the manufacturer with factory -supplied wiring diagram. H. Manufacturer shall provide an approved engineering drawing of the modular heating plant installation including piping, wiring an controls. After completion of installation, the heating plant shall be started and operationally tested in the presence of a representative of the heating plant manufacturer. 2.5 PACKAGED WATER CHILLER, RECIPROCATING OR SCREW, AIR COOLED: A. Provide and install complete the dual compressor chiller as specified hereinafter, shown and scheduled on the drawings. B. Water chilling unit shall be factory assembled with insulated and jacketed water cooler. It shall be complete with factory wired control panel. The refrigerant circuit shall be piped and in accordance with the standard factory practice, except that double suction risers are required on any chiller with the evaporator below the compressor. The manufacturer or his duly authorized agent shall charge the machine and place it in operation. The unit shall be ready for connection to the chilled water system of the building and the air cooled condenser. The unit shall consist of compressor, water cooler, piping, controls, starter, thermometers and gauges, etc. mounted on a single steel frame and shipped as a unit. C. It shall be as manufactured by York, Trane or Carrier. D. Compressor: The packaged water chilling unit shall have the compressor displacement and the condensing surface necessary to develop the required capacity, but in no case shall compressor be offered at a rotative speed in excess of the maximum_ stated in the manufacturer's standard published catalog. The unit shall have two semi -hermetic, reciprocating or screw compressors with a minimum of four steps of unloading. It shall have a scale trap, oil sight glass, forced feed lubrication, crank case heaters, isolating refrigerant valves on the suction and discharge lines, discharge line oil separator, muffler, oil receiver and any other such devices as are recommended by the manufacturer to promote maximum efficiency and minimum maintenance. E. The compressors shall be warranted for five years including parts and labor. F. Each driving motor and its starter shall be of adequate rating for the duties to be performed, shall be wound for alternating current as scheduled and shall be constructed in accordance with NEMA Standards. The starter shall be magnetic for automatic operation. The combination shall consist of reduced voltage starting with the starter being of the part winding type. The starter shall be provided with a hand -off -automatic switch in the starter. , G. Water Cooler: The water cooler shall be of the direct expansion non -flooded shell and coil type with refrigerant in the tubes and water in the shell. It shall be constructed for working pressures of 150 psig on both the shell and tube sides, and shall bear the ASME stamp certifying to that LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15550-5 EQUIPMENT construction. Internal baffling shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the water and refrigeration capacities required. Cooler shall be selected based on a 0.0005 fouling factor. H. Accessories: The chiller shall be complete with the following accessories: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 II Refrigerant type gauges to indicate pressure in the evaporator, condenser, and at critical points in the oil circulating system. These gauges shall be installed in a factory mounted control panel. All gages shall have gage cocks. Safety devices including high and low pressure cutouts, low temperature cutouts, rupture valve, and low oil pressure cutout. These device wiring networks shall terminate in alarm functions, annunciated with labeled pilot lights. A differential pressure switch across the water cooler to shut the compressor down on a reduction in chilled water flow. Freezestat Moisture indicating liquid line sight glass, Sporlan "See -All". Full flow liquid line filter dryer of the replaceable cartridge type, installed with isolating valves and a valved bypass, Sporlan "Catch -All". Load limit thermostat. Anticycle timer. Sequence panel with lead/lag capability between individual units. Lead/lag switch between compressors on each unit. Cycle counter and hour meter. I. Base: Fabricated structural steel with isolators. J. Capacity shall be as scheduled. K. Capacity Control: Provide electric or electronic temperature controller with a minimum of eight steps of unloading. The temperature controller shall be placed in the common return chilled water line to the chiller. L. The controls shall keep the compressor unloaded during the start-up until it reaches operating speed. In addition the controls shall unload the compressor during a power failure and remain unloaded until the compressor once again reaches operating speed. M. The chillers shall operate on a pump down cycle for the zero percent loaded condition. N. Head Pressure Control: The control of cylinder head pressure shall be entirely automatic. Such control shall be specified under "Air Cooled Condenser". O. Safety Control: Furnish and install a low manual reset temperature limiting devise in the water cooler which, when connected, will stop any and all refrigerating effect if the temperature of the water in the cooler drops to 36 degrees F. This is in addition to the capacity controlling device. pow P. Insulation and Finish: The chiller shall be factory insulated. The water cooler shall have not less than 1 " thick closed cell foam insulation completely covering all cold surfaces, vapor sealed. Refrigerant suction lines shall be insulated with closed cell foam insulation I" thick. Q. The entire assembly shall be factory enameled with a fivecoat process. Touch up any damage with matching paint. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15550-6 99086 EQUIPMENT 2.6 WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS A. Pumps shall be as indicated in the schedule on the drawings. Each shall be of the type, rotational speed, and have the flow rate and characteristics listed. The name and model number listed for each pump establishes a standard which the pump furnished must equal to exceed. B. Acceptable makers of scheduled pumps are Allis-Chalmers, Buffalo, Weinman, Peerless, Aurora and Paco. C. Pumps, casings and glands shall be suitable for operation under 150 psig static heads. D. Rotational speeds shall not exceed those scheduled. Under no circumstances shall a pump be offered with an impeller radius greater than 90% of the distance from the shaft centerline to the cutoff in the casing, except in the case of in-line circulators. E. The head capacities are listed for bidding purposes only. The Contractor shall carefully calculate the head of each pump, taking into consideration the pressure drops in all equipment, exact lengths of pipe, valves, fittings, etc. These calculations shall take into account actual routing of the piping and all other factors that would determine the actual pumping head of each system, and shall form the basis of final pump selection. F. Motors shall be constant speed, drip proof motors, and shall be so sized with relation to the pump impeller that the required brake horsepower will not exceed the rated motor horsepower at any point on the pump curve. Copies of manufacturer's performance curve shall be submitted as shop drawings on each pump. Each curve shall be clearly marked to indicate the diameter of the impeller and the selection point. All pump motors shall have 1.15 service factor. G. All pumps shall have gauge tappings. H. Pumps baseplates shall be of cast iron or welded structural steel shapes, and shall have a raised lip and threaded drain connection. Each baseplate on a pump handling chilled water shall be of sufficient size to extend under and catch the drip from connecting flanges and the outboard bearing. I. All pumps shall be factory enameled. 2.7 CLOSE COUPLED PUMPS A. Pump construction shall consist of cast iron casing and bronze impeller. The shaft shall be carbon steel with renewable bronze wear rings. Ball bearings shall be 100,000 hour average life and grease lubricated. Provide with mechanical seals. Motor shall be NEMA c -face standard per Hydraulic Institute. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15550-7 99086 EQUIPMENT 2.8 FANS A. The fans indicated on the drawings shall be provided in accordance with the schedule on the drawings. B. All v -belt drives shall be a variable pitch type and shall be so selected that the specified fan performance occurs at approximately the midpoint of the adjustable range. Motor mounting shall be flexible to permit belt tightening. The static pressure tabulated in the schedule is for bidding purposes only. The fan shall be adjusted to achieve the air delivery specified and if changing of the motor and drive is required it shall be done at no increase in the contract. C. Motor and Drive: The motor shall be open drip proof NEMA T frame design to meet horsepower and electrical requirements specified. The adjustable v -belt drive shall be selected for a 1.4 service factor based on motor horsepower and shall be factory set for the specified rpm. The motor shall be mounted for alignment and tensioning the belts. Conduit shall be flexible. D. Provide isolators and flexible duct connections with each fan to limit the transmission of noise and vibration. E. Fans shall be AMCA rated as scheduled. F. Fans shall be furnished with backdraft dampers and disconnect. G. Fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced. H. Fans shall have factory applied finish. I. Fan motors 1/8 HP and larger shall be permanent capacitor start type. 2.9 AIR UNITS, LOW PRESSURE A. Air units shall be of the sectionalized, factory assembled standard catalogued low pressure type as manufactured by Carrier, Trane, Temtrol or Bohn. Refer to schedule on drawings. B. The sections which constitute the completed air conditioning unit shall each be assembled at the factory in a sheet metal housing appropriately finished, and shipped as a unit. They shall be assembled on the job into complete units having physical and performance characteristics as detailed and scheduled, suitable for application at the static pressure indicated in the schedule. C. Each air unit shall be complete with the following components: D. Fan Casing: Fabricated of heavy gage steel sheets bolted to structural framing and reinforcing members. Panels and reinforcing shall be not less than the following thickness. ITEM UNITS LARGER THAN UNITS SMALLER THAN 6500 CFM 6500 CFM Discharge Panel 16 gauge 20 gauge End Panels 12 gauge 16 gauge Front Panel 12 gauge 14 gauge LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 E. F G H. I. Casings shall be gasketed air tight. 15550-8 EQUIPMENT Coil Casing: Fabricated of heavy gauge steel sheets bolted to structural framing and reinforcing members. Panels and reinforcing shall be not less than the following thickness: ITEM UNITS LARGER THAN 6500 CFM End Panels 18 gauge Top Panel 18 gauge Front Panel 18 gauge Drain Pan 14 gauge Reinforcing 10 gauge Support Channels 10 gauge Casing shall be gasketed air tight and water tight. UNITS SMALLER THAN 6500 CFM 20 gauge 20 gauge 20 gauge 16 gauge 10 gauge 10 gauge Units with welded tubular steel frames and bolted panels having equivalent strength will be considered. Drain pans shall have foamed in place plastic insulation. J. Fan: Forward curved class 1 AMCA rated, selected for maximum efficiency, delivery, static pressure, and BHP at the operating point. Submit calculations based on the 1970 ASHRAE method indicating the sound power generated at the midrange frequency of the audible octave bands. Sound power levels shall not exceed the following tabulation: (Refer: 10-12 watts). Frequency 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 Sound Power 87 87 89 80 76 72 K. Fan curve shall indicate that operation is stable at 20 percent above and 20 percent below the selected RPM. Static efficiency at the selection point shall be 60 percent or more. L. Fan shaft shall be selected to operate at a speed 30% or more below its first critical speed. The rotating assembly shall be statically and dynamically balanced. When the unit is running there shall be no visible deflection of any panel and no noise of metal to metal contact. If, in the judgement of the Engineer, objectionable noise or vibration is observed, the units shall be aligned and dynamically balanced on the job by a factory mechanic to industrial tolerances, at no additional cost. Balancing method and tolerances shall be approved by the Engineer. Any detective component shall be replaced. M. Fan scrolls and wheels shall be designed as a unit with smooth belled inlet and adjustable cut-off. Fan wheel shall be keyed to the shaft and shall be removable. N. Bearings shall be ball or roller type rated for 200,000 hour life. Bearing shall be bolted to structural bearing supports. Extend copper lube lines to a common convenient point. Each fan shaft shall have two bearings only. r� LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15550-9 99086 EQUIPMENT O. Motor and Drive: Motor shall be not less than the horsepower scheduled, 1750 RPM, dripproof. Drive shall be selected for 120% of the maximum motor horsepower. Provide an adjustable drive, selected for the RPM of the fan with 10% adjustment above and below the selected speed. P. The motor shall be installed on adjustable rails or cradle to permit belt tensioning and alignment. Provide flexible conduit for wiring the motor. Q. Provide a heavy belt guard for the belt drive, securely bolted to the unit casing, with 1 "xI "x1A" angles. Field fabrication is acceptable for guard brackets if not available from the manufacturer. R. Cooling Coils: ARI certified water tube type with copper tubes and aluminum fins, mechanically bonded, pressure tested at 250 psig. Cooling coils shall have not less than 4 rows of tubes. Fin spacing may vary to produce the scheduled capacity, but may not have less than 6 fins per in. or more than 14 fins per inch. S. Heating Coils: ARI certified, non -freeze, steam distributing type with copper tubes and �^^ aluminum fins, mechanically bonded. Tubes shall be V OD minimum. Coils shall be pressure tested at 150 psig. T. Insulation: Casings shall be internally insulated with 1" thick 3/4 lb. neoprene coated fiberglass. Drain pans shall be insulated with 1/2" thick foamed in place plastic insulation. U. Vibration Isolators: Spring type, with neoprene pad base, and stop. Static deflection shall be 2". V. Drain: Provide full size drain line to nearest floor drain and turn down. Drain shall have 6" deep p -trap. W. Filters: As specified under "FILTERS". X. Dampers: Units where shown shall be equipped with factory installed low leakage, damper section with blades, ribs, bearings and interconnecting linkage. 2.10 HEATING COILS, WATER '"" A. Heating coils shall be furnished and installed complete with such supporting structures as are required. The capacity of each coil assembly shall be as scheduled on the drawings. They shall have physical and performance characteristics as indicated and shall be erected and connected in the arrangements shown. B. These coils shall be of the staggered type. Coils shall have vent and drain connections and shall be provided with duct connectors. They shall be constructed with seamless copper tubes and aluminum fins with the fins mechanically bonded to the tubes. They shall be suitable for use with hot water as the heating medium. Coils shall be sized as shown on the plans. Coils shall be removable without disturbing ducts. END OF SECTION A LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15610-1 99086 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 15610 — TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 NOTE A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SCOPE A. This section of the specifications comprises the furnishing of all labor, materials, transportation, tools and appliances and in performing all operations in connection with the testing, balancing and adjusting of various systems and portions thereof to produce proper flows of air and water, correct setting of regulation devices, and other end results as more fully described hereinafter. B. Upon completion of the installation and start up of the mechanical equipment, check, adjust, and balance systemic components to obtain optimum conditions in each conditioned space to the building. C. Prepare and submit to the Engineer complete reports on the balance and operation of the system. D. Make a total of three inspections within 90 days after occupancy of the building to insure that satisfactory conditions are being maintained throughout and to satisfy any unusual conditions. E. Make inspections in the building during the opposite season from that in which the initial adjustments were made and at those times make any necessary modifications to the initial adjustments required to produce optimum operation of the systemic components, to produce the proper conditions in each conditioned space. F. During the balancing, the temperature regulation shall be adjusted for proper relationship between controlling instruments and calibrated by the Contractor. The correctness of the final setting shall be proved by taking hourly readings for a period of 4 successive eight hour days in a typical room on each separately controlled zone. The total variation shall not exceed two degrees from the preset median temperature during the entire temperature survey period. G. In all fan systems, the air quantities shown on the plans may be varied as required to secure a maximum temperature variation of 2 degrees within each separately controlled zone, but the total air quantity indicated for each zone must be obtained. It shall be the obligation of the Contractor to furnish or revise fan drives and/or motors if necessary, without cost to the Owner, to attain the specified air volumes. H. Before final acceptance is made, furnish the following data: 1. A tabulation of the simultaneous temperature of all spaces on each separately controlled zone, together with the outside temperature at time of measurement. P" LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15610-2 99086 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 2. A listing of the measured air quantities at each outlet corresponding to the temperature tabulation specified above. 3. Air quantities at each return and exhaust air handling device. 4. Flow rate and temperature at each coil and heating device. 5. Static pressure readings entering and leaving each supply, and exhaust fan, and other components of the system. These readings shall be related to fan curves in terms of CFM handled. 6. Motor current readings at each fan and pump. The voltages at the time of the reading shall be listed. I. The above data shall be neatly entered on appropriate forms together with any typed supplements required to completely document all results. Written explanations of any abnormal conditions shall be included. All this shall be assembled into a suitable brochure and a total of 4 copies shall be provided. J. When opposite season modifications are made, additional data sheets indicating new settings, readings, etc., shall be prepared and submitted in quadruplicate. 1.3 INSTRUCTIONS A. During the test periods instruct the building operating personnel in the operation and maintenance of all equipment. B. Deliver to the Owner 3 complete instruction manuals covering the maintenance and operation of the system components. In addition, provide schematic wiring diagrams of each piece of equipment framed under glass and mounted on the wall as directed. Provide complete data on all equipment, including for each item a parts list, and the name and address of the vendor where replacement parts can be purchased. END OF SECTION LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15900-1 99086 TEMPERATURE REGULATION SECTION 15900 — TEMPERATURE REGULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish all labor, materials, service and equipment necessary for a complete and operating temperature control system, utilizing a high speed peer to peer network of Direct Digital Controls, electronic interfaces and actuation devices, as shown on the drawings and as described herein. The system will consist of an open architecture that utilizes EIA standard 709. 1, the LonTalkTM protocol, as the common communication protocol between all controlled and controlling devices. Where necessary or desired, LonTalkTM packets may be encapsulated into TCP/IP messages to take advantage of existing infrastructure or to increase network bandwidth. Any such encapsulation of the LonTalkTM protocol into IP datagrams shall conform to existing LonMarkTM guidelines for such encapsulation and shall be based on industry standard protocols. B. The temperature regulation products shall be LonMarkTM compliant. In those instances in which LonMarkTM devices are not available, the temperature regulation contractor shall provide LonWorksTM devices with application source code, device resource files, and external interface definitions. The software tools required to install and commission the device shall be provided for non-LonMarkTM devices. C. Drawings are diagrammatic only. Equipment and labor not specifically referred to herein or on the plans that are required to meet the functional intent, shall be provided without additional cost to the Owner. Performance and capabilities are based on Invensys Building Systems. D. Complete temperature control system to be an extension of the existing Invensys I/A DDC system with electronic sensors and electronic actuation of valves and dampers and electronic actuation of terminal equipment valves and actuators as specified herein. Existing system shall remain in place and the hardware and software extension shall seamlessly match the existing. New hardware shall communicate over the same buss as the existing. E. The temperature regulation system is intended to seamlessly connect devices throughout the building regardless of subsystem type, i.e. variable frequency drives, low voltage lighting systems, electrical circuit breakers, power metering and card access should easily coexist on the same network channel. F. System Monitoring and Control shall be provided remotely through owners existing computer, at Municipal Building, utilizing Windows 95/98 standard software. G. All work described in this section shall be installed, wired, circuit tested and calibrated by factory certified technicians qualified for this work and in the regular employment of the temperature control system manufacturer. The local installing office shall have a minimum of five years of installation experience with the manufacturer and shall provide documentation in the bid and submittal package verifying longevity of the installing company's relationship with the manufacturer. Supervision, calibration and checkout of the system shall be by the LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15900-2 TEMPERATURE REGULATION employees of the local factory owned temperature control contracting field office. Supplier shall have an in place support facility within 20 miles of the site with technical staff, spare parts inventory and all necessary test and diagnostic equipment. 1.2 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Hydronic Piping: 1. Control Valves 2. Flow Switches 3. Temperature Sensor Wells 1.3 PRODUCTS NOT FURNISHED OR INSTALLED BUT INTEGRATED WITH THE WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Air Handling Equipment, Chilled Water System, Hot Water System. 1.4 RELATED SECTIONS A. The General Conditions of the Contract, Supplementary Conditions, and General Requirements are a part of this specification and shall be used in conjunction with this section as a part of the contract documents. Consult them for further instructions pertaining to this work. 1.5 APPROVED CONTROL SYSTEM MANUFACTURERS A. The following are the approved Control. System Contractors and manufacturers: I. Invensys 2. Other LonMark compliant companies that meet all the requirements outlined in Part 1 3. Paragraph D. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Controls Contractor Qualifications: 1. Bids by wholesalers, contractors or franchised dealers shall not be acceptable. 2. All work described in this section shall be installed, wired, circuit tested and calibrated by factory certified technicians qualified for this work and in the direct employment of the temperature control system manufacturer. 3. The temperature regulation contractor shall have a full service facility within 10 miles of the project that is staffed with engineers trained in Integrating Interoperable Systems and technicians fully capable of providing LonWorksTM instructions and routine emergency maintenance service on all system components. Contractor must LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15900-3 TEMPERATURE REGULATION have 5 or more Lon installed projects within 120 mile radius of project. Projects must have been installed by the 4. local office. 5. All products used in this installation shall be new, currently under manufacture, and have been applied in similar installations for a minimum of 2 years. This installation shall not be used as a test site for any products unless explicitly approved by the Engineer in writing. 1.7 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work, materials, and equipment shall comply with the rules and regulations of all codes and ordinances of the local and state, and federal authorities. Such codes, when more restrictive, shall take precedence over these plans and specifications. As a minimum, the installation shall comply with current editions in effect 90 days prior to receipt of bids of the following codes. All products of the TR shall be provided with the following agency approvals. With the submittal documents, verification that the approvals exist for all submitted products, shall be provided. Systems or products not currently offering the following approvals are not acceptable. 1. National Electric Code, UL -916 Energy Management Systems, LonMarkTM, UL, ULC, FCC, Part 15, subpart J. Class A Computing Devices 2. All products shall be labeled with the appropriate approval markings. System installation shall comply with NFPA, NEMA, Local and National codes. 3. The TR manufacturer shall provide documentation supporting compliance with ISO - 9000 certification mark from applicable registrar 4. Unitary controllers, intelligent sensors, and intelligent actuators shall conform to the appropriate LonMarkTM functional profile configurations based on intended use and shall be so labeled. 1.8 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Performance Standards. The system shall conform to the following: 1. Object Command. The maximum time between the command of a binary object by the operator and the reaction by the device shall be less than 5 seconds. Analog objects should start to adjust within 5 seconds. 2. Object Scan. All changes of state and change of analog values will be transmitted over the high-speed network such that any data used or displayed at a controller or workstation will have been current within previous 60 seconds. 3. Alarm Response Time. The maximum time from when an object goes into alarm to when it is annunciated at the workstation shall not exceed 20 seconds. 4. Program Execution Frequency. Custom and standard applications shall be capable of running as often as once every 5 seconds. The Contractor shall be responsible for selecting execution times consistent with the mechanical process under control. 5. Performance. Digital controllers shall be able to execute DDC PID control loops at a selectable frequency of at least once per second. The controller shall scan and update the process value and output generated by this calculation at this same frequency. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15900-4 99086 TEMPERATURE REGULATION 6. Multiple Alarm Annunciation. All workstations on the network must receive alarms within 5 seconds of each other. 1.9 SHOP DRAWINGS/SUBMITTALS A. Product Data and Shop Drawings: Meet requirements of on Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. In addition, Contractor shall provide shop drawings or other submittals on all hardware, software, and installation to be provided. No work may begin on any segment of this project until submittals have been reviewed by the Engineer and Owner for conformity with the design intent. All drawings shall be done on AutoCAD or VISIO, and provided to the Owner on floppy disk. When manufacturer's specification data sheets apply to a product series rather than a specific product, the data specifically applicable to the project shall be highlighted or clearly indicated by other means. Each submitted piece of literature and drawings shall clearly reference the specification and drawing that the submittal is to cover. General catalogs shall not be accepted as cut sheets to fulfill submittal requirements. : LonMarkTM Direct Digital Control System Hardware: a. Include a complete bill of materials of equipment to be used indicating quantity, manufacturer, model number, and other relevant technical data. b. Include manufacturer's description and technical data, such as performance curves, product specification sheets, and installation/maintenance instructions for the items listed below, and other relevant items not listed below: (1) Direct Digital Controller (controller panels) (2) Transducers/Transmitters (3) Sensors (including accuracy data) (4) Actuators (5) Valves (6) Relays/Switches (7) Control Panels (8) Power Supply (9) Batteries (10) Operator Interface Equipment (11) Wiring C. Provide wiring diagrams and layouts for each control panel. Show all termination numbers. d. Provide schematic diagrams for all field sensors and controllers. Provide floor plans of all sensor locations and control hardware. e. For each microprocessor based device on the control network (or proposed for the system), submit the documentation detailed below. Any control device that is furnished without XIF files or object diagrams shall be submitted under separate cover with indication of non-compliance to specification. (1) External Interface Files (XIF) (floppy or Zip disk format), product literature, and Object Diagrams. (2) Listing and explanation of both standard and user defined configuration parameters for the device. w i ELO LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15900-5 99086 TEMPERATURE REGULATION 2. Central System Hardware and Software: a. Include a complete bill of material of equipment used indicating quantity, manufacturer, model number, and other relevant technical data. b. Include manufacturer's description and technical data, such as product specification sheets and installation/maintenance instructions for the items listed below and other items relevant but not listed below: (1) Personal Computer (2) Monitors (3) Printers (4) Keyboard (5) Power Supply (6) Battery Backup (7) Interface Equipment between PC and Control Panels (8) Operating Systems Software (9) Operator Interface Software (10) Remote work station (11) Third -parry Software (1`2) ' EtherNet LAN Hubs (13) Repeaters & Routers C. Provide schematic diagrams for all control, communication and power wiring. Provide a schematic drawing of the central system installation. Label all cables and ports with computer manufacturers' model numbers and function. Show all interface wiring to the control system. d. Provide riser diagrams of wiring between central control unit and all control panels. e. Provide a list of the color graphic screens to be provided. 3. Controlled Systems: a. Provide a schematic diagram of the Local Area Network and a LonWorksTM architecture diagram indicating supervisory controllers, Graphical User Interface(s) and database server(s) including all devices and controllers installed by other trade contractors. This should be accompanied by explicit information regarding configuration of Routers, Bridges and Repeaters. Schematic shall also include interface requirements with other systems including but not limited to: security systems, lighting controls, fire alarm, elevator status, power monitoring system. Diagrams detailing the variables mapped between protocols shall be submitted for all gateways. Each schematic shall have all control points labeled. The schematic shall graphically show all control elements. The point name format shall be approved by the Engineer before any drawing or programming proceeds. b. Provide a schematic wiring diagram for each controlled system. Each schematic shall have all elements labeled. Where a control element is the same as that shown on the control system schematic, it shall be labeled with the same name. All terminals shall be labeled. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15900-6 TEMPERATURE REGULATION C. Provide an instrumentation list for each controlled system. Each element of the - controlled system shall be listed in table format. The table shall show element name, type of device, manufacturer, model number, and product data sheet number. d. Include a complete description of the operation of the control system, including sequences of operation. The description shall include and reference a schematic diagram of the controlled system. C. Provide a point list for each system controller including both inputs and outputs (I/O) point, point number, the controlled device associated with the I/O point, and the location of the I/O device. Software flag points, alarm points, etc. 4. Quantities of items submitted shall be reviewed by the Engineer and Owner, but are the responsibility of the Contractor. 5. Provide and submit for review and acceptance all report formats and checklists to be used in "Control System Demonstration and Acceptance" to the Engineer and Owner. Include any additional information or data which is deemed necessary to determine compliance with these specifications or which is deemed valuable in documenting the control system to be installed. B. Project Record Documents: Upon completion of installation, submit three (3) copies of record (as -built) documents. The documents shall be submitted for approval prior to final completion and shall include: 1. Project Record Drawings. These shall be as -built versions of the submittal shop drawings. One set of magnetic media including .CAD, .DWG, .VSD or .DXF drawing files also shall be provided. 2. Testing and Commissioning Reports and Checklists. Provide completed versions of all reports and checklists used to complete the requirements of Section " Control System Demonstration and Acceptance. 3. Operation and Maintenance (O & M) Manual. This shall include as -built versions of the submittal product data. In addition to the information required for submittals, the O & M manual shall include: a. Names, addresses, and 24-hour telephone numbers of Contractors installing equipment, and the control systems and service representatives of each. T b. Operators Manual with procedures for operating the control systems, including logging on/off, alarm handling, producing point reports, trending data, overriding computer control, and changing set points and other variables. C. Programming Manual with a description of the programming language (including syntax), statement descriptions (including algorithms and calculations used), point database creation and modification, program creation and modification, and use of the editor. d. Engineering, Installation and Maintenance Manual(s) that explain how to design and install new points, panels, and other hardware; preventive maintenance and calibration procedures; how to debug hardware problems; and how to repair or replace hardware. e. A listing and documentation of all custom software created using the programming language, including the point database. One set of magnetic media containing files of the software and database also shall be provided. 0 LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15900-7 TEMPERATURE REGULATION f. One set of magnetic media containing files of all color graphic screens created for the project. g. A list of recommended spare parts with part numbers and suppliers. h. Complete original issue documentation, installation and maintenance information for all third -party hardware provided, including computer equipment and sensors. i. Complete original issue diskettes for all software provided, including operating systems, programming language, operator workstation software. j. Licenses, guarantee, and warranty documents for all equipment and systems. 1.10 WARRANTIES A. All components, system software, and parts furnished and installed by the temperature regulation contractor shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for one year from acceptance date. Labor to repair, reprogram, or replace these components shall be furnished by the TR contractor at no charge during the warranty period. Materials furnished but not installed by the TR contractor shall be covered to the extent of the product only. Installation labor shall be the responsibility of the trade contractor performing the installation. All corrective software modifications made during warranty periods shall be updated on all user documentation and on user and manufacturer archived software disks. The Contractor shall respond to the owner's request for warranty service within 24 hours during normal business hours. B. At the end of the final startup, testing and commissioning phase, if equipment and systems are operating satisfactorily to the Owner's Authorized Representative and Engineer, the Owner's Authorized Representative shall sign certificates certifying that the control systems' operation has been tested and accepted in accordance with the terms of this specification. C. Project -specific software, database software, and firmware updates which resolve known software deficiencies as identified by the Control System Contractor shall be provided to the Owner at no charge during the warranty period. Any upgrades or functional enhancements associated with the above mentioned items also can be provided during the warranty period for an additional charge to the Owner by purchasing an ' in -warranty service agreement from the Control System Contractor. Written authorization by the Owner must, however, be granted prior to the installation of any of the above mentioned items. 1.11 OWNERSHIP OF PROPRIETARY MATERIAL A. The owner shall sign a copy of the manufacturer's standard software and firmware licensing agreement as a condition of this contract. Such license shall grant use of all programs and application software to owner as defined by the manufacturer's license agreement, but shall protect manufacturer's rights to disclosure of trade secrets contained within such software. All project developed software and documentation shall become the property of the owner. These include, but are not limited to: 1. Project graphic images 2. Record drawings 3. Project database LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 4.Project-specific application programming code 5. All documentation 1.12 SPECIFICATION COMPLIANCE REVIEW 15900-8 TEMPERATURE REGULATION A. The TR contractor shall supply, at the engineer's request, a paragraph by paragraph specification compliance report. The report shall indicate for each numbered paragraph, how the contractor does not meet the criteria of the paragraph. The following format must be utilized in completing the compliance report: B. Comply - without exception. C. Qualify - meet the functional intent. For each paragraph, the contractor shall identify all differences in specific functions stated in the given paragraph and provide a description of what is excluded or how the qualifying system will meet the function specified. D. Does not comply — cannot meet specified function. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 SPECIFICATION NOMENCLATURE ASC Application Specific Controller BC Building Controller CAC Custom Application Controller CSMA/CD Carrier Sense Multiple Access/ Collision Detect TR Temperature Regulation Control System FTT Free Topology Transceivers GP Graphical Programmer GUI Graphical User Interface ISO International Standards Organization LAN Local Area Network LCD Liquid Crystal Display UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair WAN Wide Area Network RWS Remote Workstation 2.2 MATERIALS A. All products used in this project shall installation be new, currently under manufacture, and shall be applied in similar installations for a minimum of [2] years. This installation shall not be the first project performed by the local office. Spare parts shall be available for at least 5 years after completion of this contract. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15900-9 TEMPERATURE REGULATION 2.3 COMMUNICATION A. Control system provided for this project shall consist of a peer-to-peer networked, stand- alone, distributed system. The temperature regulation system requires the incorporation of LonWorksTM Technologies using Free Topology Transceivers (FTT-10), and specific conformance to the LonMarkTM Interoperability Association's v3.0 Physical and logical Layer guidelines in all unitary, terminal units and other devices. B. LonTalkTM communications protocol (EIA 709.1) shall be used on the communication network between TR controllers and other LonWorksTM devices to assure interoperability between all devices within the network. C. The TR system shall support the direct integration of standard and non-standard communicating systems. At a minimum, the TR system shall deliver connectivity at the Lon, IP, and GUI levels through standard offerings. The TR system shall offer as a standard available solution, a minimum of 300 individual communicating interfaces to 3rd party products. D. The TR system shall provide a standard available kit for development of additional interfaces by others, in addition to the TR manufacturer. E. The TR system shall provide compliance with the ASHRAE standard 135-P for interoperability. F. The TR system shall provide a high speed Network Interface that shall plug directly into the BC (Building Controllers) which supports one of the following types of communication standards between BCs: 1. Ethernet: a. The Network Interface shall employ Carrier Sense Multiple Access/Collision Detect (CSMA/CD) contention type protocol, which adheres to the industry standard format IEEE 802.3. The content of messages shall be the manufacturer's standard. The Network Interface shall be fully Internet Protocol (IP) compliant allowing connection to currently installed IEEE 802.3 compliant Ethernet Networks. b. The Network Interface shall directly support connectivity to a variety of cabling types. As a minimum provide the following connectivity: I0Base2 (ThinNet RG -58 A/U Coaxial cabling with BNC connectors), lOBase T (Twisted -Pair RJ -45 terminated UTP cabling). 2. Echelon: a. The TRshall employ LonTalkTM communications utilizing the LonWorksTM Neuron chip, which conforms to the International Standard's Organization's (ISO) seven layer Open Systems Interconnect (OSI) network protocol model. The content of messages shall be the manufacturer's standard. The Neuron chip and a transformer -isolated transceiver shall provide for 1.25 Mbps communications over Category 4 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cabling. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15900- 10 TEMPERATURE REGULATION b. To facilitate expansion or to support large Wide Area Networks (WANs) the Network Interface shall directly support a minimum of 4 logical networks using the same physical network (Ethernet or Echelon). Each logical network shall support a minimum of 30 BCs. C. The ability to support bi-directional access to remote BCs shall be supported by a single point of connection. The ability to monitor and edit system data shall be provided via the BC remote communication connection. Connection via the GUI, the GP as well as a standard VT -100 terminal interface shall be provided. Support for solicited as well as unsolicited communications is a requirement. d. There shall be no power wiring, in excess of 30 Vac rms voltage, run in conduit with communications trunk wiring. In cases where power or signal wiring is run in conduit with trunk wiring, all communications trunk wiring and power wiring shall be run using separate twisted pairs, 22 gauge. 2.4 BUILDING CONTROLLERS A. General. Provide an adequate number of Invensys Controls' Intelligent Automation Series Building Controllers to achieve monitoring and control of all data points specified in the I/O summary and all necessary devices to satisfy the sequence of operation for all, mechanical systems shown on the plans. Each of these panels shall meet the following requirements. 1. The Building Automation System shall be composed of one or more independent, standalone, microprocessor based Building Controllers to manage the global strategies described in the System Software section. 2. The Building Controller shall have sufficient memory to support its operating system, database, and programming requirements. 3. Data shall be shared between networked Building Controllers. 4. The operating system of the Building Controller shall manage the input and output -- communication signals to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual point information, and allow central monitoring and alarms. 5. Controllers that perform scheduling shall have a real-time clock. 6. The Building Controller shall continually check the status of its processor and memory circuits. If an abnormal operation is detected, the controller shall: a. Assume a predetermined failure mode. b. Generate an alarm notification. B. Communication: 1. The Building Controller shall communicate via the TR Network Interfaces to the enterprise LAN, whether dedicated or common. The building controller shall provide communications connectivity to the LonWorksTM bus and shall support any LonMarkTM/LonWorksTM compliant devices. 2. The controller shall provide a minimum of two service communication ports for the connection of serial devices such as the GP (graphical programmer), GUI (Graphical User Interface), modems, printers etc. Connection of a service device , to a service port, shall not cause the controller to lose communication with its peers or other networked device controllers. The controllers shall be able to route alarms, trends, and reports to any serial device connected to the network. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15900-11 99086 TEMPERATURE REGULATION 3. The controllers shall be capable of dialing out to a minimum of 10 remote locations for annunciation of alarms. These alarms shall include the time, date, and alarm condition, in addition to a user defined detailed action message. C. Environment. Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions. 1. Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient conditions shall be mounted within waterproof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at -40°C to 60°C [-40°F to 140°F]. 2. Controllers used in conditioned space shall be mounted in dust -proof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at 0°C to 50°C [32°F to 1207]. D. Keypad required. A keypad and display shall be provided local operation. The keypad shall be provided for interrogating and editing data. An optional system security password shall be available to prevent unauthorized use of the keypad and display. .* E. Serviceability. Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor. All wiring connections shall be made to field- removable, modular terminal strips — or to a termination card connected by a ribbon cable. F. Memory. The Building Controller shall maintain all BIOS and programming information in the event of a power loss for at least 72 hours. G. Immunity to power and noise. Controller shall be able to operate at 90% to 110% of nominal voltage rating and shall perform an orderly shutdown below 80% nominal voltage. Operation shall be protected against electrical noise of 5 to 120 Hz and from keyed radios up to 5 W at 1 in [3 ft]. 2.5 CUSTOM APPLICATION CONTROLLERS A. General. Provide an adequate number of Invensys Controls' Intelligent Automation Series Custom Application Controllers to achieve the performance specified above. 1. The Custom Application Controller shall have sufficient memory to support its operating system, database, and programming requirements. 2. Data shall be shared between networked Custom Application Controllers. 3. The operating system of the Controller shall manage the input and output �** communication signals to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual point information,and allow central monitoring and alarms. 4. Controllers that perform 'scheduling shall have a real-time dock. 5. The Custom Application Controller shall continually check the status of its processor and memory circuits. If an abnormal operation is detected, the controller shall: a. Assume a predetermined failure mode. b. Generate an alarm notification. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 B. Communication: 15900- 12 TEMPERATURE REGULATION 1. The Building Controller shall communicate via the TR Network Interfaces to the enterprise LAN, whether dedicated or common. The building controller shall provide communications connectivity to the LonWorksTM bus and shall support any LonMarkTM/LonWorksTM compliant devices. 2. The controller shall provide a minimum of two service communication ports for the connection of serial devices such as the GP (graphical programmer), GUI (Graphical User Interface), modems, printers etc. Connection of a service device , to a service port, shall not cause the controller to lose communication with its peers or other networked device controllers. The controllers shall be able to route alarms, trends, and reports to any serial device connected to the network. C. Environment. Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions. 1. Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient conditions shall be mounted within waterproof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at -40°C to 60°C [-40°F to 140°F]. 2. Controllers used in conditioned ambient space shall be mounted in dust -proof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at 0°C to 50°C [327 to 1207]. D. Serviceability. Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor. All wiring connections shall be made to field -removable, modular terminal strips — or to a termination card connected by a ribbon cable. E. Memory. The Custom Application Controller shall maintain all BIOS and programming information in the event of a power loss for at least 72 hours. F. Immunity to power and noise. Controller shall be able to operate at 90% to 110% of nominal voltage rating and shall perform an orderly shutdown below 80% nominal voltage. Operation shall be protected against electrical noise of 5 to 120 Hz and from keyed radios up to 5 W at 1 m [3 ft]. 2.6 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS A. General. Controls shall be microprocessor based Interoperable LonMarkTM Controllers (ASC), bearing the applicable LonMarkTM interoperability logo on each product delivered. These controllers shall be Invensys Controls' Intelligent Automation Series products. ASCs shall be provided for Unit Ventilators, Fan Coils, Heat Pumps, VAV Terminal Boxes, Rooftop Units and other applications as shown on the drawings and shall contain the appropriate LonMarkTM profile. ASCs shall be based on the Echelon Neuron 3150 microprocessor working from software program memory which is physically located in the ASC. The application control program shall be resident within the same enclosure as the input/output circuitry, which translates the sensor signals. To simplify controls and mechanical service troubleshooting, the ASC shall be mounted directly in the control compartment of the unitary system. The ASC shall be provided with a sheet metal or polymeric enclosure that is constructed of material allowing for the direct mounting within the primary air stream, as defined by UL -465. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15900- 13 pm99086 TEMPERATURE REGULATION The direct mounting shall allow all controls maintenance and troubleshooting to be made while at the unitary equipment. 2. The ASCs shall communicate with the BC at a baud rate of not less than 78.8K baud. The ASC shall provide LED indication of communication and controller performance to the technician, without cover removal. 3. The ASCs shall be fully supported and communicate with any and all GUIs) on the bus. B. ASC Sensor. The ASC Sensor shall connect directly to the ASC and shall not utilize any of the I/O points of the controller. These shall be Invensys Controls' S -Series sensors. Other approved equal product shall be accepted if technical proposal is submitted 10 days prior to bid. The ASC Sensor shall provide a two -wire connection to the controller that is polarity and wire type insensitive. The ASC Sensor shall provide a communications jack for connection to "^ the LON communication trunk to which the ASC controller is connected. The ASC Sensor, the connected controller, and all other devices on the LON bus shall be accessible by the Graphical Programming tool. 1. The ASC Sensor shall be supplied in the following variations: raw a. Tamper-resistant (no display) b. Tamper-resistant with tenant override C. Basic user functions (LCD display and setpoint adjustment and tenant override) d. Full user functions (LCD display and network -variable access and tenant override) e. ASHRAE 95 compliance (LCD display and sub -base functionality) f. The ASC Sensor shall be provided in a modular configuration that allows for the rough in of all wiring without the presence of the electronics or esthetic covering. The ASC Sensor shall allow for the customization of the color on the esthetic covering as a standard offering. User interface with the ASC Sensor shall be provided as a configurable function by the TR, and shall offer -- password protection for access to network variable editing. Multiple network variables shall be accessible and editable by the ASC Sensor. Icons shall be utilized to represent sensor and controller function status, affording independence from a single language for use interface. C. ASC Functionality. The ASC shall provide a —40 to 140 degree Fahrenheit ambient operating temperature range. The ASC shall be provided in a modular configuration that allows for the rough in of all wiring without the presence of any of the ASC electronics. ASC devices that require the electronics to be present at the time of wiring, will require an additional controller to be provided for every 10 devices on the drawings, to allow for the preconfiguration and storing for service purposes. 1. All input/output signals shall be directly hardwired to the ASC. For all non-VAV terminal applications, a minimum of two input points of the ASC shall employ a universal configuration that allows for flexibility in application ranging from dry contact, resistive, to voltage/current sourced inputs. If universal points are not available, a minimum of two input points (each) of the dry contact, resistive and analog voltage/current types must be provided on every controller. The outputs of the ASC shall be of the relay and universal analog form. All digital outputs shall be relay type. ASC devices utilizing non -relay outputs shall provide an interface relay for all LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15900- 14 TEMPERATURE REGULATION points. All analog outputs shall be programmable for their start points and span to accommodate the control devices. Configuration of all I/O points shall be accomplished without physical hardware jumpers, switches or settings. Troubleshooting of input/output signals shall be easily executed with the Graphical Programming tool (GP) or a volt -ohm meter (VOM). All I/O points shall be utilized by the local ASC or shall be available as I/O points for other controllers throughout the network. 2. All ASCs shall be fully application programmable and shall at all times maintain their LonMarkTM certification. Controllers offering application selection only (non - programmable), require a 10% spare point capacity to be provided for all applications. All control sequences within or programmed into . the ASC shall be stored in non- volatile memory, which is not dependent upon the presence of a battery, to be retained. 3. The ASC shall be provided with the ability to interface with the Graphical Programming tool. The interface port shall be provided at the wall sensor or within the unitary equipment, as specified on the plans. The interface port shall allow the GP to have full functionality as described in GP section of this specification. Through the connected controller all ASC devices on the LON bus shall be accessible by the Graphical Programming tool. 4. Mechanical equipment manufacturers desiring to provide ASC type controls as factory mounted equipment, shall provide a separate bid for their products less all controls, actuators, valve assemblies and sensors, which are specified to be provided by the TR contractor. 2.7 INPUT/OUTPUT INTERFACE A. Hardwired inputs and outputs may tie into the system through Building, Custom, or Application Specific Controllers. B. All input points and output points shall be protected such that shorting of the point to itself, to another point, or to ground will cause no damage to the controller. All input and output points shall be protected from voltage up to 24 V of any duration, such that contact with this voltage will cause no damage to the controller. Inputs and outputs shall be arranged on interchangeable modules or circuit boards to allow the replacement of a damaged module or board without replacing the entire controller. C. Binary inputs shall allow the monitoring of ON/OFF signals from remote devices. The binary inputs shall provide a wetting current of at least 12 mA to be compatible with commonly available control devices, and shall be protected against the effects of contact bounce and noise. Binary inputs shall sense "dry contact" closure without external power (other than that provided by the controller) being applied. D. Pulse accumulation input points. This type of point shall conform to all the requirements of binary input points, and also accept up to 10 pulses per second for pulse accumulation. E. Analog inputs shall allow the monitoring of low -voltage (0 to 10 VDC), current (4 to 20 mA), or resistance signals (thermistor, RTD). Analog inputs shall be compatible with and field - configurable to commonly available sensing devices. To prevent thermal loading, RTDs and thermistors shall be scanned rather than have continuous power applied. l� LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15900- 15 !* 99086 TEMPERATURE REGULATION F. Inputs shall be electrically isolated from their associated field points. G. Readings of any analog input point shall be repeatable within 0.1% of range; drift of readings shall be less than 0.2% of range per year. (see accuracy table) H. Binary outputs shall provide for ON/OFF operation, or a pulsed low- voltage signal for pulse width modulation control. Outputs shall be selectable for either normally open or normally closed operation. I. Analog outputs shall provide a modulating signal for the control of end devices. Outputs shall provide either a 0 to 10 VDC or a 4 to 20 mA signal as required to provide proper control of the output device. Analog outputs shall not exhibit a drift of greater than 0.4% of range per year. J. System Point Capacity: The system size shall be expandable to at least [2] times the number of input/output points required for this project. Additional controllers (along with associated devices and wiring) shall be all that is necessary to achieve this capacity requirement. The operator interfaces installed for this project shall not require any hardware additions or software revisions in order to expand the system. K. Spare I/O Points: At each controller location provide spare points equal to 15 % of total I/O points at that location or 2 AI, 2 AO, 2 DO and 2 DI whichever is greater. 2.8 POWER SUPPIES AND LINE FILTERING A. Control transformers shall be UL and CSA Listed. Furnish Class 2 current -limiting type, or furnish over-cur Pent rent protection in both primary and secondary circuits for Class 2 service per NEC requirements. 1. DC power supply output shall match output current and voltage requirements. Unit shall be full -wave rectifier type with output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak -to -peak. Regulation shall be 1.0% line and load combined, with 100 microsecond response time for 50% load changes. Unit shall have built-in over -voltage and over -current protection and shall be able to withstand a 150% current overload for at least 3 seconds without trip -out or failure. a. Unit shall operate between 0°C and 50°C [32°F and 120°F]. EM/RF shall meet FCC Class B. b. Line voltage units shall be UL Recognized and CSA or ETL Approved. C. Acceptable manufacturers: Invensys transformers ASP8301 through ASP8311 or approved equal. B. Power Line Filtering: 1. Provide transient voltage and surge suppression for all workstations and controllers either internally or as an external component. Surge protection shall have the following at a minimum: a. Dielectric strength of 1,000 volts minimum b. Response time of 10 nanoseconds or less LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15900- 16 TEMPERATURE REGULATION C. Transverse mode noise attenuation of 65 dB or greater d. Common mode noise attenuation of 150 dB or better at 40 Hz to 100 Hz. 2. Surge suppression shall contain telephone jack input and output in accordance with Lucent Technologies 48 VDC Standard 2.9 AUXILIARY CONTROL DEVICES A. Electric Damper/Valve Actuators: 1. The actuator shall have electronic overload or digital rotation sensing circuitry to prevent damage to the actuator throughout the rotation of the actuator. 2. Where shown, for power-failure/safety applications, an internal mechanical spring - return mechanism shall be built into the actuator housing. 3. All rotary spring -return actuators shall be capable of clockwise or counter -clockwise spring -return operation. Linear actuators shall spring -return to the retracted position. 4. Proportional actuators shall accept a 0 to 10 VDC or 0 to 20 mA control signal and provide a 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA operating range. 5. All 24 VAC/VDC actuators shall operate on Class 2 wiring and shall not require more than 10 VA for AC or more than 8 W for DC applications. Actuators operating on 120 VAC or 230 VAC shall not require more than 11 VA. 6. All non -spring -return actuators shall have an external manual gear release to allow manual positioning of the damper when the actuator is not powered. Spring -return actuators with more than 7 N.m [60 in -lb.] torque capacity shall have a manual crank for this purpose. 7. All modulating actuators shall have an external, built-in switch to allow the reversing of direction of rotation. 8. Actuators shall be provided with a raceway fitting and a minimum lm electrical cable and shall be pre -wired to eliminate the necessity of opening the actuator housing to make electrical connections. 9. Actuators shall be UL Standard 873 Listed as meeting correct safety requirements and recognized industry standards. 10. Actuators shall be designed for a minimum of 60,000 full -stroke cycles at the actuator's rated torque. B. Control Valves: 1. Control valves shall be two-way or three-way type for two -position or modulating service as shown. 2. Close -off (differential) Pressure Rating: Valve actuator and trim shall be furnished to provide the following minimum close -off pressure ratings: a. Water Valves: (1) Two-way: 150% of total system (pump) head. (2) Three-way: 300% of pressure differential between ports A and B at design flow or 100% of total system (pump) head. b. Steam Valves: 150% of operating (inlet) pressure. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 C Fol r 3. Water Valves: 15900- 17 TEMPERATURE REGULATION a. , Body and trim style and materials shall be per manufacturer's recommendations for design conditions and service shown, with equal percentage ports for modulating service. b. Sizing Criteria: (1) Two -position service: Line size, unless otherwise shown. (2) Two-way modulating service: Pressure drop shall be equal to twice the pressure drop through heat exchanger (load), 50% of the pressure difference between supply and return mains, or 5 psi, whichever is greater. (3) Three-way modulating service: Pressure drop equal to twice the pressure drop through the coil exchanger (load), 35 kPa [5 psi] maximum. (4) Valves '/2" through 2" shall be bronze body or cast brass ANSI Class 250, spring-loaded, Teflon packing, quick opening for two -position service. Two-way valves to have replaceable composition disc, or stainless steel ball. (5) 2 '/2" valves and larger shall be cast iron ANSI Class 125 with guided plug and Teflon packing, unless otherwise shown. C. Water valves shall fail normally open or closed as scheduled on plans, or as follows: (1) (2) (3 ) (4) Water zone valves — normally opened preferred. Heating coils in air handlers — normally open. Chilled water control valves — normally closed. Other applications — as scheduled or as required by sequences of operation. Binary Temperature Devices: 1. Low -voltage space thermostat shall be 24 V, bimetal -operated, snap action type, with either adjustable or fixed anticipation heater, concealed setpoint adjustment, 13°C to 30°C [55°F to 85°F] setpoint range, 1°C [2° F] maximum differential, and vented ABS plastic cover. 2. Line -voltage space thermostat shall be bimetal -actuated, open contact or bellows - actuated, enclosed, snap -switch type, or equivalent solid-state type, with heat anticipator, UL listed for electrical rating, concealed setpoint. 3. Low -limit thermostats. Low -limit thermostats shall be vapor pressure type with an element 6 in [20 ft] minimum length. Element shall respond to the lowest temperature sensed by any 30 cm { 1 ft) section. The low -limit thermostat shall be manual (automatic) reset only. 4. Acceptable manufacturer: Invensys TA series. Temperature Sensors: 1. Temperature sensors shall be Resistance Temperature Device (RTD) or thermistor. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15900-18 TEMPERATURE REGULATION 2. Duct sensors shall be rigid or averaging as shown. Averaging sensors shall be a minimum of 1.5 in [5 feet] in length. 3. Immersion sensors shall be provided with a separable stainless steel, or copper well. Pressure rating of well is to be consistent with the system pressure in which it is to be installed. 4. Space sensors shall be equipped with set point adjustment, override switch, display, and/or communication port as shown. 5. Provide matched temperature sensors for differential temperature measurement. 6. Acceptable manufacturer: Invensys TSMN series. E. Relays: 1. Control relays shall be UL Listed plug-in type. Contact rating, configuration, and coil voltage suitable for application. 2. Time delay relays shall be UL Listed solid-state plug-in type with adjustable time delay. Delay shall be adjustable ±200% (minimum) from set point shown on plans. Contact rating, configuration, and coil voltage suitable for application. Provide NEMA 1 enclosure when not installed in local control panel. 3. Acceptable manufacturer: Invensys AE,CC series. F. Current Transmitters: 1. AC current transmitters shall be self -powered combination split -core current transformer type with built-in rectifier and high -gain servo amplifier with 4 to 20 mA two -wire output. Unit ranges shall be 10 A, 20 A, 50 A, 100 A, 150 A, and 200 A full scale, internal zero and span adjustment, and ±l% full-scale accuracy at 500 ohm maximum burden. 2. Transmitter shall meet or exceed ANSI/ISA 550.1 requirements and shall be UL/CSA Recognized. 3. Unit shall be split -core type for clamp -on installation on existing wiring. G. Voltage Transformers: 1. AC voltage transformers shall be UL/CSA Recognized, 600 VAC rated. 2. Transformers shall be suitable for ambient temperatures of 4 to 55°C [40 to 130°F] and shall provide ±0.5% accuracy at 24 VAC and a 5 VA load. 3. Windings (except for terminals) shall be completely enclosed with metal or plastic material. H. Current Switches: Current -operated switches shall be self -powered, solid-state with adjustable trip current. The switches shall be selected to match the current of the application and output requirements of the DDC system I. Local Control Panels: 1. All indoor control cabinets shall be fully enclosed NEMA 1 construction with [hinged door], key -lock latch, removable sub -panels. A single key shall be common to all field panels and sub -panels. 2. Interconnections between internal and face -mounted devices pre -wired with color - coded stranded conductors neatly installed in plastic troughs and/or tie -wrapped. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15900-19 99086 TEMPERATURE REGULATION Terminals for field connections shall be UL Listed for 600 volt service, individually identified per control/interlock drawings, with adequate clearance for field wiring. Control terminations for field connection shall be individually identified per control drawings. 3. Provide ON/OFF power switch with over -current protection for control power sources to each local panel. 4. All control.panels must be built in accordance with UL508A standards and be labeled with separate UL label numbers. 2.10 WIRING AND RACEWAYS A. General: Provide copper wiring, plenum cable, and raceways as specified in the applicable sections of Division 16. B. All insulated wire to be copper conductors, UL labeled for 90C minimum service. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. The project plans shall be thoroughly examined for control device and equipment locations. Any discrepancies, conflicts or omissions shall be reported to the Engineer for resolution before rough -in work is started. B. The contractor shall inspect the site to verify that equipment may be installed as shown. Any discrepancies, conflicts or omissions shall be reported to the Engineer for resolution before rough -in work is started. C. The contractor shall examine the drawings and specifications for other parts of the work. If head room or space conditions appear inadequate - or if any discrepancies occur between the plans and the contractors work, and the plans and the work of others - the contractor shall report these discrepancies to the Engineer and shall obtain written instructions for any changes necessary to accommodate the contractors work with the work of others. F" 3.2 PROTECTION A. The contractor shall protect all work and material from damage from its work or employees, and shall be liable for all damages thus caused. B. The contractor shall be responsible for its work and equipment until finally inspected, tested and accepted. The contractor shall protect any material that is not immediately installed. The contractor shall close all open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of foreign objects. ii LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 3.3 COORDINATION A. Site: 15900-20 TEMPERATURE REGULATION 1. Where the mechanical work will be installed in close proximity to, or will interfere with work of other trades, the contractor shall assist in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment. If the contractor installs its work before coordinating with other trades, so as to cause any interference with work of other trades, the contractor shall make the necessary changes in its work to correct the condition without extra charge. 2. Coordinate and schedule work with all other work in the same area, or with work which is dependent upon other work, to facilitate mutual progress. B. Submittals. Refer to "Submittals" Article in Part 1 of this specification for requirements. C. Test and Balance: 1. The contractor shall furnish all tools necessary to interface to the control system for test and balance purposes. 2. The contractor shall provide training in the use of these tools. This training will be planned for a minimum of 4 hours. 3. In addition, the contractor shall provide a qualified technician to assist in the test and balance process, until the first 20 terminal units are balanced. 4. The tools used during the test and balance process will be returned at the completion of the testing and balancing. D. Life Safety: 1. Duct smoke detectors required for air handler shutdown are supplied under Division 16. The Div 16 contractor shall interlock smoke detectors to air handlers for shutdown. 2. Smoke dampers and actuators required for duct smoke isolation are provided under another Division 15 Section. The Div 16 contractor shall interlock these dampers to the air handlers. 3. Fire/Smoke dampers and actuators required for fire rated walls are provided under another Division 15 Section. Control of these dampers shall be by Division 16. E. Coordination with controls specified in other sections or divisions. Other sections and/or divisions of this specification include controls and control devices that are to be part of or interfaced to the controls system specified in this section. These controls shall be integrated into the system and coordinated by the contractor as follows: 1. All communication media and equipment shall be provided as specified in Part 2: "Communication" of this specification. 2. Each supplier of a control product is responsible for the configuration, programming, startup and testing of that product to meet the sequences of operation described in this section. W LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15900-21 TEMPERATURE REGULATION 3.4 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP A. Install equipment, piping and wiring raceway parallel to the building lines (i.e., horizontal, vertical and parallel to walls) wherever possible. B. Provide sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of piping and equipment. C. Install all equipment in readily accessible locations as defined by Chapter 1, Article 100, Part A of the National Electric.Code (NEC). D. Verify integrity of all wiring to ensure continuity and freedom from shorts and grounds. E. All equipment, installation and wiring shall comply with acceptable industry specifications and standards for performance, reliability and compatibility and be executed in strict adherence to local codes and standard practices. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. All work, materials and equipment shall comply with the rules and regulations of applicable local, state and federal codes and ordinances as identified in Part I of this specification. B. Contractor shall continually monitor the field installation for code compliance and quality workmanship. C. Contractor shall have work inspected by local and/or state authorities having jurisdiction over the work. 3.6 WIRING A. All control and interlock wiring shall comply with national and local electrical codes and Division 16 of this specification. Where the requirements of this section differ with those in Division 16, the requirements of this section shall take precedence. B. All NEC Class l (line voltage) wiring shall be UL Listed in approved raceway per NEC and Division 16 requirements. C. All low voltage wiring shall meet NEC Class 2 requirements. (Low voltage power circuits shall be sub -fused when required to meet Class 2 current limit.) D. Where NEC Class 2 (current limited) wires are in concealed and accessible locations including ceiling return air plenums, approved cables not in raceway may be used, provided that cables are UL Listed for the intended application. For example, plenums shall be UL Listed specifically for that purpose. E. All wiring in mechanical, electrical or service rooms - or where subject to mechanical damage - shall be installed in raceway at levels below 3m [loft]. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15900-22 TEMPERATURE REGULATION F. Do not install Class 2 wiring in raceway containing Class 1 wiring. Boxes and panels containing high voltage wiring and equipment may not be used for low voltage wiring except for the purpose of interfacing the two (e.g. relays and transformers). G. Do not install wiring in raceway containing tubing. H. Where Class 2 wiring is run exposed, wiring is to be run parallel along a surface or perpendicular to it, and neatly tied at 3m [10ft] intervals. I. Where plenum cables are used without raceway, they shall be supported from or anchored to structural members. Cables shall not be supported by or anchored to ductwork, electrical raceways, piping or ceiling suspension systems. J. All wire -to -device connections shall be made at a terminal block or terminal strip. All wire - to -wire connections shall be made at a terminal block or wire nut at junction box. K. All wiring within enclosures shall be neatly bundled and anchored to permit access and prevent restriction to devices and terminals. L. Maximum allowable voltage for control wiring shall be 120v. If only higher voltages are available, the contractor shall provide step-down transformers. M. All wiring shall be installed as continuous lengths, with no splices permitted between termination points. N. Install plenum wiring in sleeves where it passes through walls and floors. Maintain fire rating at all penetrations. O. Size of raceway and size and type of wire shall be the responsibility of the contractor, in keeping with the manufacturer's recommendation and NEC requirements, except as noted elsewhere. P. Include one pull string in each raceway 2.5 cm [ 1 "] or larger. Q. Use coded conductors throughout with different colored conductors. R. Control and status relays are to be located in designated enclosures only. These enclosures include packaged equipment control panel enclosures unless they also contain Class 1 starters. S. Conceal all raceways, except within mechanical, electrical or service rooms. Install raceway to maintain a minimum clearance of 15 cm [6"] from high-temperature equipment (e.g. steam pipes or flues). T. Secure raceways with raceway clamps fastened to the structure and spaced according to code requirements. Raceways and pull boxes may not be hung on flexible duct strap or tie rods. Raceways may not be run on or attached to ductwork. U. Adhere to Division 16 requirements where raceway crosses building expansion joints. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15900-23 99086 TEMPERATURE REGULATION V. Install insulated bushings on all raceway ends and openings to enclosures. Seal top end of all vertical raceways. W. The contractor shall terminate all control and interlock wiring, and shall maintain updated wiring diagrams with terminations identified at the job site. X. Flexible metal raceways and liquid -tight, flexible metal raceways shall not exceed lm [3ft] in length and shall be supported at each end. Flexible metal raceway less than 3/4" electrical trade size shall not be used. In areas exposed to moisture - including chiller and boiler rooms - liquid -tight, flexible metal raceways shall be used. Y. Raceway must be rigidly installed, adequately supported, properly reamed at both ends and left clean and free of obstructions. Raceway sections shall be joined with couplings (per code). Terminations must be made with fittings at boxes, and ends not terminating in boxes shall have bushings installed. 3.7 COMMUNICATION WIRING A. The contractor shall adhere to the items listed in the "Wiring" Article in Part 3 of the specification. B. All cabling shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Follow manufacturers installation recommendations for all communication cabling. C. Do not install communication wiring in raceway and enclosures containing Class 1 or other Class 2 wiring. D. Maximum pulling, tension and bend radius for cable installation as specified by the cable manufacturer shall not be exceed during the installation. E. Contractor shall verify the integrity of the entire network following the cable installation. Use appropriate test measures for each particular cable. F. When a cable enters or exits a building, a lightning arrestor must be installed between the lines and ground. The lightning arrestor shall be installed according to the manufacturers instructions. G. All runs of communication wiring shall be unspliced length when that length is commercially available. H. All communication wiring shall be labeled to indicate origination and destination data. I. Grounding of coaxial cable shall be in accordance with NEC regulations Article on Communication Circuits, Cable and Protector Grounding. 3.8 INSTALLATION OF SENSORS A. Install sensors in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. lli LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15900-24 99086 TEMPERATURE REGULATION B. Mount sensors rigidly and adequately for the environment within which the sensor operates. C. Room temperature sensors shall be installed on concealed junction boxes properly supported. Additionally, the wiring to the sensor shall not be required to be polarity sensitive. The design of the sensor shall be modular that allows for the rough -in of all wiring without the presence of the electronics or esthetic covering. D. All wires attached to sensors shall be air sealed in their raceways or in the wall to stop air transmitted from other areas affecting sensor readings. E. Sensors used in mixing plenums, and hot and cold decks shall be of the averaging type. Averaging sensors shall be installed in a serpentine manner vertically across duct. Each bend shall be supported with a capillary clip. F. Low limit sensors used in coil discharge shall be installed in a serpentine manner horizontally across duct. Each bend shall be supported with a capillary clip. Provide 1 ft of sensing element for each square ft of coil area. G. All pipe mounted temperature sensors shall be installed in wells. Install all liquid temperature sensors with heat -conducting fluid in thermal wells. H. Install outdoor air temperature sensors on north wall, complete with sun shield at designated location. Differential Air Static Pressure: 1. Supply duct static pressure: Pipe the high pressure tap to the duct using a pitot tube. Pipe the low pressure port to a tee in the high pressure tap tubing of the corresponding building static pressure sensor (if applicable) or to the location of the duct high pressure tap and leave open to the plenum. 2. Return duct static pressure: Pipe the high pressure tap to the duct using a pitot tube. Pipe the low pressure port to a tee in the low pressure tap tubing of the corresponding building static pressure sensor. 3. Building static pressure: Pipe the low pressure port of the pressure sensor to the static pressure port located on the outside of the building at roof level to serve as a common outdoor reference. Pipe the high pressure port to a location behind a thermostat cover. 4. The piping to pressure ports on all pressure transducers shall contain a capped test port located adjacent to the transducer. 5. All pressure transducers other than those controlling VAV boxes shall be located in field device panels, not on the equipment monitored or on ductwork. Mount transducers in a location accessible for service without the use of ladders or special equipment. 6. All air and water differential pressure sensors shall have gauge tees mounted adjacent to all taps. Water gauges shall also have shutoff valves installed before the tee. 3.9 FLOW SWITCH INSTALLATION A. Use correct paddle for pipe diameter. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 15900-25 99086 TEMPERATURE REGULATION B. Adjust flow switch in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.10 ACTUATORS A. Mount and link control damper actuators per manufacturer's instructions. 1. Check operation of damper/actuator combination to confirm that actuator modulates damper smoothly throughout stroke to both open and closed positions. 2. Provide all mounting hardware and linkages for actuator installation. B. Electric/Electronic: 1. Dampers: Actuators shall be direct -mounted on damper shaft or jackshaft unless shown as a linkage installation. Actuators shall be mounted following manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Valves, Actuators shall be connected to valves with adapters approved by the actuator manufacturer. Actuators and adapters shall be mounted following the actuator manufacturer's recommendations. C. Pneumatic Actuators: 1. Where two or more pneumatic damper actuators are installed for interrelated operation in unison, such as dampers used for mixing, provide the dampers with a positive pilot positioner. Positive pilot positioner shall be directly mounted to the pneumatic damper actuator and have pressure gauges for supply input and output pressures. 2. The total damper area operated by an actuator shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturers maximum area rating. Each damper actuator shall not power more than 2 m2 [20 ft 2] of damper. 3. Use line shafting or shaft couplings (jackshafting) in lieu of blade -to -blade linkages or shaft coupling when driving axially aligned damper sections. 3.11 IDENTIFICATION OF HARDWARE AND WIRING A. All wiring, cabling and tubing within factory -fabricated panels shall be labeled within 5 cm [2"] of termination. B. Identify control panels with minimum 1 cm [1/2"] letters on laminated plastic nameplates. C. Manufacturers' name plates and UL or CSA label is to be visible and legible after equipment is installed. 3.12 CONTROLLERS A. Provide a minimum of one separate controller for each AHU or other HVAC system. Multiple DDC controllers may control one system provided that all points associated with 6W LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15900-26 TEMPERATURE REGULATION individual control loops are assigned to the same DDC controller. Points used for control loop reset such as outside air or space temperature are exempt from this requirement. B. Building Controllers and Custom Application Controllers shall be selected to provide a minimum of 10% spare I/O point capacity for each point type found at each location. If input points are not universal, 10% of each type is required. If outputs are not universal, 10% of each type is required. A minimum of one spare is required for each type of point used. 1. Future use of spare capacity shall require providing the field device, field wiring, point database definition, and custom software. No additional controller boards or point modules shall be required to implement use of these spare points 3.13 PROGRAMMING A. Provide sufficient internal memory for the specified sequences of operation and trend logging. There shall be a minimum of 25% of available memory free for future use. B. Point Naming: System point names shall be modular in design, allowing easy operator interface without the use of a written point index. C. Software Programming Provide programming for the system and adhere to the sequences of operation provided. Imbed into the control program sufficient comment statements to clearly describe each section of the program. a Graphic -based (if specified): (1) Must provide actions for all possible situations (2) Must be documented in the form of a logic flow chart. 3.14 CONTROL SYSTEM CHECKOUT AND TESTING A. Startup Testing: All testing listed in this article shall be performed by the Contractor and shall make up part of the necessary verification of an operating control system. This testing shall be completed before the Owners Representative is notified of the system demonstration. 1. The Contractor shall furnish all labor and test apparatus required to calibrate and prepare for service of all instruments, controls, and accessory equipment furnished under this specification. 2. Verify that all control wiring is properly connected and free of all shorts and ground faults. Verify that terminations are tight.' 3. Enable the control systems and verify calibration of all input devices individually. Perform calibration procedures per manufacturers' recommendations. 4. Verify that all binary output devices (relays, solenoid valves, two -position actuators and control valves, magnetic starters, etc.) operate properly and that the normal positions are correct. 5. Verify that all analog output devices (I/Ps, actuators, etc.) are functional, that start and span are correct, and that direction and normal positions are correct. The Contractor shall check all control valves and automatic dampers to ensure proper action and G2 LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15900-27 TEMPERATURE REGULATION closure. The Contractor shall make any necessary adjustments to valve stem and damper blade travel. 6. Verify that the system operation adheres to the Sequences of Operation. Simulate and observe all modes of operation by overriding and varying inputs and schedules. Tune all DDC loops and optimum Start/Stop routines. 7. Alarms and Interlocks: a. Check each alarm separately by including an appropriate signal at a value that will trip the alarm. b. Interlocks shall be tripped using field contacts to check the logic, as well as to ensure that the fail-safe condition for all actuators is in the proper direction. C. Interlock actions shall be tested by simulating alarm conditions to check the initiating value of the variable -and interlock action. 8. Prior to acceptance, the control system shall undergo a series of performance tests to verify operation and compliance with this specification. These tests shall occur after the Contractor has completed the installation, started up the system, and performed its own tests. 3.15 TRAINING A. Provide minimum of 4 hours of training. 3.16 SEQUENCES OF OPERATION A. This contractor shall design and supervise the installation of the temperature control system using as hereinbefore described to effect the performance functions described hereinafter. All components required for the proper operation of the controlled equipment shall be furnished by this contractor except as stated otherwise. The owners rep shall have access to the entire system through the building controller keypad/display interface unit as well as through the existing computer located in the Municipal Bldg. 3.17 SINGLE ZONE AIR HANDLING UNITS: (3 IN BSMT, 1 ON 2ND FLR) A. General: This is an indoor single zone air unit. The unit manufacturer will provide an outside air damper, return air damper, chilled water coil, heating water coil, supply fan and motor. A motor starter and a disconnect will be furnished by the Contractor under Division 16. A smoke detector located in the supply air and return air ducts will be furnished and installed by the Contractor under Division 16. B. Supply Fan: The supply fan shall be energized by the DDC system according to a preset schedule to be determined by the owner. The supply fan shall run pending the supply and return air smoke detectors, low limit thermostat, high limit thermostat, and occupied mode. The outside air damper shall open to minimum position upon fan start up and close when the unit is off. C. Temperature Control: Furnish a 3 -way mixing valve in the outlet of the chilled water coil (valve shall fail to bypass position) and a 3 -way mixing valve in the outlet of the heating water coil (valve shall fail with flow to the coil). Furnish and install a discharge temperature sensor to modulate the 3 -way chilled water valve or the 3 -way heating water valve to LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 15900-28 TEMPERATURE REGULATION maintain space temperature. Flow shall never be open to both coils simultaneously. Furnish an outside air temperature sensor to reset the discharge air temperature as needed. D. Furnish and install a high limit thermostat in the return air duct of the air unit as required. Through the DDC, the thermostat shall stop the supply fan if the thermostat senses temperature exceeding 1250F. E. Heating Water Pump(s): Through the DDC, the heating water pump shall start and run when the outdoor temperature is below 50° F (adjustable). Provide run status via current sensors. F. Chilled Water Pumps(s): Through the DDC, the chilled water pump shall start and run when the outdoor temperature is below 40° F (adjustable). Provide run status via current sensors. G. Chilled Water System: Through the DDC, the chiller(s) shall start and run according to a preset schedule to be determined by the owner. Interlock the chilled water pump and flow switch as recommended by the chiller manufacturer. H. Boilers: Through the DDC the boiler(s) shall start and run according to a preset schedule or below 50°F oudoor temperature. The modular boiler circulating pump shall start when the boiler fires. I. VAV Boxes: Vav thermostats shall be installed and wired by the temperature regulation contractor. All box controls and thermostats shall be supplied by others. END OF SECTION 13S31 N31VAAiOH�,nommonommonsommommonomossmo 'IONiNOO 3HniVN3dVY31MEMENNESOMOCCOMEMONoonoonon • dO.LS/-LNViS ciginO3HOSMEMENESSOMENNOMMOOMMOOMMENO nonCISNVNi • 11111111• • . . P LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 16010-1 99086 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS SECTION 16010 - RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 NOTE A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials. 1.3 SCOPE A. The work shall include furnishing and installing all flexible metallic conduit, electrical metallic tubing, wireways, pull and junction boxes and outlet boxes, together with all supporting devices and other accessories required. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUITS ., A. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Steel tubing, galvanized outside and provided with a slick corrosion resistant interior coating; UL listed and labeled according to Standard 797; conforming to ANSI Standard C80.3; Pittsburg, Republic Steel, Robroy or Allied. B. Intermediate Metallic Conduit (IMC): Rigid, threaded, thin wall steel; galvanized outside with protective coating inside; UL listed and labeled according to Standard 1242; Allied, Republic Steel, or equivalent. C. Couplings and Terminations for Rigid Steel Conduit: Factory made steel threaded couplings; bushing at all boxes and cabinets, with locknuts inside and outside box or cabinet. D. Flexible Metal Conduit: Spirally wound with hot dip galvanized steel strips (commercial Greenfield); conforming to UL Standard UL 1 and UL listed and labeled; Triangle Conduit and Cable Company, or equivalent. E. _ Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Spirally wound, galvanized steel strips, as for flexible metal conduit; with polyvinyl chloride cover extruded over the exterior to make conduit 7iquidtight; UL listed; Electri-flex type "LA" or equivalent. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 16010-2 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS 2.2 CONDUIT FITTINGS A. Couplings and Terminations for Electrical Metallic Tubing: Join lengths of EMT with steel compression type couplings and connectors where exposed to the weather or in wet locations. Otherwise use steel, set -screw couplings and connectors. The connectors shall have insulated throats or a smooth interior so as not to damage the insulation during wire pulling operations. B. Couplings and Terminations for Rigid Steel Conduit: Factory made steel threaded couplings; bushing at all boxes and cabinets, with locknuts inside and outside box or cabinet. C. Couplings and Terminations for Intermediate Metal Conduit: Same as for rigid steel conduit. 2.3 WIREWAYS A. Interior Use: UL listed; enamel finished; sizes shown or required; screw covers; complete with all fittings, couplings, hangers and accessories; Square D, General Electric, or equivalent. B. Exterior Use: UL listed; enamel finished; sizes shown or required; removable front cover which is gasketed; weatherproof rainhood. 2.4 OUTLET BOXES A. UL listed of sizes and types specified. B. Sheet Steel Boxes: Sheet steel not lighter than No. 14 gauge, galvanized after fabrication; Raco, Steel City or Appleton. C. Cast Metal Boxes: Cast iron or cast alloy with threaded hubs; Crouse -Hinds, Appleton or Pyle National. 2.5 PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Sheet steel, galvanized inside and outside, with galvanized covers. B. Small Boxes: For boxes where the volume required is not over 100 cubic inches, use standard outlet boxes. C. Larger Boxes: For boxes where the volume required is over 100 cubic inches, use cabinets as specified for panelboard cabinets with covers of same gauge as boxes, secured with corrosion resistant bolts or screws. A LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 16010-3 99086 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING RACEWAYS A. All wiring of every description shall be run in conduit or electrical metallic tubing unless noted or specified otherwise. Conduits may be run exposed in machinery and electrical rooms and unfinished areas. All other conduits shall be run concealed unless otherwise noted. All exposed runs shall be installed parallel to the surface of the building in a neat and orderly manner. B. Types: Above grade interior conduits shall be electrical metallic tubing. Conduits on roof shall be IMC or rigid galvanized steel. �^* C. Sizes: Size and install raceways so that conductors may be drawn in without injury or excessive strain. Make field bends with approved bending devices. Do not install bends or offsets in which conduit is crushed, deformed or otherwise injured. �• D. Connections: Use lengths of flexible metal conduit, not less than 12" long at final connections to all motors, controls and other devices .subject to movement because of vibration or mechanical adjustment. Use flexible metal conduit also at connections to recessed lighting fixtures, and elsewhere as required. In damp or wet locations, and where installed outdoors, use liquidtight flexible metal conduit. E. Around Heat Producing Equipment: Do not install raceways within 3" of steam and hot water pipes, breeching and flues, except where crossings are unavoidable, and then keep raceways at least 1 from insulation on the pipe, breeching or flue crossed. Wherever possible, avoid installing raceways directly above or in close proximity to boilers and other like objects operating at high temperatures. F. Protection of Raceways: Seal ends of all raceways with blank discs ("pennies"), push pennies or - other approved closers during construction. Do not pull any conductors into raceways until all plastering in the vicinity is completed. Swab out all raceways before pulling in conductors. G. Penetrations: Wherever raceways pass through floors, walls partitions, etc., carefully fill any space between the outside of the raceway and the building material to prevent passage of air, aR*^ water, smoke and fumes. Filling material shall be fire resistive and installed to meet requirements of the U.L. Fire Resistance Directory. 3.2 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Support Spacing: Use minimum spacing as directed by National Electrical Code, but space hangers more closely where required by conditions. B. Individual Conduits: Support conduits running vertically or horizontally with galvanized malleable iron one hole clamps. Carry individually supported horizontal conduits 1-1/4" and larger on Kindorf No. 150 or Steel City No. C-149 hangers. Use no perforated strap iron as hanger material. Where conduits smaller than 1-1/4" are installed above metal lath and plaster ceilings or mechanically suspended dry ceilings of the non -removable type, they may be supported on ceiling runner channels. Where conduits smaller than 1-1/4" are installed above F. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 3.3 3.4 16010-4 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS removable ceilings, attach them to the structure or bar joists (where present) or support them on threaded hanger rods with clips. Do not use any wire to support conduits or to attach conduits to supporting members. Locate conduits a sufficient distance above the ceiling to permit removal of the ceiling panels. Locate them so as not to hinder access to mechanical and electrical equipment through the ceiling panels. C. Multiple Conduits: Where multiple raceways are run horizontally at the same elevations, they may be supported on trapezes formed of sections of Unistrut angle iron or channels suspended on rods or pipes. Size trapeze members including the suspension rods for the number size and loaded weight of the conduits they are to support. Space them as required for the smallest conduit supported. INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES A. Usage: Provide at each outlet or device of whatever character a metal outlet box in which conduits shall terminate. B. Boxes recessed in construction: Sheet steel boxes. C. For Lighting Fixture Outlets: 4" octagonal by 1-1/2" minimum depth with 3/8" fixture stud for incandescent lights which are surface mounted, wall mounted or suspended. D. For Wall Switches, Receptacles and Communications Use: Use 4"x4" size with proper square cornered tile wall cover, plaster cover, or finishing plate, except where construction will not permit or the device requires a larger box. E. Boxes for Exposed Work: Cast metal boxes. F. Boxes for Outdoors: Cast metal boxes with gasketed covers. INSTALLATION OF PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Sizing: Size all pull and junction boxes in accordance with NEC, using larger sizes than required by code where job conditions so indicate. B. Mounting: Fasten all boxes securely to the building construction, independent of conduit systems. On concealed conduit systems where boxes are not otherwise accessible, set box covers flush with finished surfaces for access. END OF SECTION 0 LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 SECTION 16110 - CONDUCTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 NOTE 16110-1 CONDUCTORS A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials. 1.3 SCOPE A. The work shall include the furnishing of all conductors, together with all splices, connections, identification, bundling, etc., including pulling devices. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS (600 VOLTS AND UNDER) A. Type: Soft drawn, annealed copper, UL listed, rated at 600 volts, continuous without weld, splice or joint, uniform cross-section, free from flaws, scale and other imperfections; Okonite, Triangle, United Copper Industries, Anaconda or Simplex. No. 8 and larger shall be stranded; No. 10 and smaller shall be solid. B. Insulation: Branch circuits shall have type THHN/THWN insulation unless the type is specifically designated or specified. Feeder circuits shall be Type THHN/THWN. Lighting Fixture Conductors: Type and size approved by the NEC for the purpose. ., 2.2 JOINTS AND SPLICES + A. Stranded Copper Conductors: UL approved compression connectors. All connectors shall be of r.. proper sizes to match conductor sizes. All compression connectors shall be applied with properly sized dies and tools. Split -bolt connectors are not acceptable. B. Solid Copper Conductors: UL approved solderless bolted pressure connectors; or UL approved electrical spring connectors of "Scotchlok", Ideal or T & B "Piggy" make. All connectors shall �,, be of proper sizes to match conductor sizes. Fai LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 16110-2 99086 CONDUCTORS 2.3 COLOR CODING A. Phase conductors shall be black, red and blue for phases, A, B, and C respectively in the 208 volt system. — B. Neutral conductors shall be white. Grounding conductors shall be green. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WIRE PULLING A. Wire Pulling: Provide suitable installation equipment for pulling conductors into raceways or conduits. Use ropes of polyethylene, nylon or other suitable material to pull in conductors. Attach pulling lines to conductors by means of woven basket grips or by pulling eyes attached directly to conductors. All conductors to be installed in a single conduit shall be pulled in together. Pull no conductors into conduits until all work of a nature which may cause injury to conductors is completed. Use an Underwriters' listed cable pulling compound where necessary. B. Cable Lubricants: All cable lubricants shall be UL listed, and shall be certified by their manufacturer to be non -injurious to the insulation on which they are used. C. Pulling Devices in Empty Raceways: Provide in every empty raceway, not containing conductors to be installed by this Contractor, a suitable pull line to facilitate future installation of wiring. Lines shall be free from splices and shall have ample exposed length at each end. Identify each end of each line with a linen tag bearing complete information as to the purpose of the raceway and the location of its other end. All lines shall be nylon or polyethylene cord with a tensile strength not less than 200 pounds. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING WIRE (600 VOLTS AND UNDER) A. Sizes: No wire shall be smaller than No. 12 except for signal or control circuits, and except for individual lighting fixture taps as permitted by the National Electrical Code. B. Joints and Splices: Make joints and splices only where necessary and only at outlet boxes and pull boxes. All joints shall be mechanically and electrically secure. C. Identifying Tags: Non-ferrous; stamped to clearly identify each circuit. Securely fasten tags to all cables, feeders and power circuits in pull boxes, lighting, power and distribution panelboards, etc. D. Bundling Conductors: Bundle all conductors in panelboards, cabinets and the like, using marlin twine lacing or nylon straps made for the purpose. Bundle conductors larger than No. 10 in individual circuits. Bundle smaller conductors in larger groups. END OF SECTION LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 16210-1 99086 WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16210 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 NOTE rte► A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials. 1.3 SCOPE A. Furnish and install in suitable outlet boxes, the wiring devices indicated, complete with lamps, coverplates, etc. All shall be properly connected to conductors so as to be operable. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WIRING DEVICES A. Acceptable Manufacturers: The catalog numbers listed herein are generally of Hubbell ' manufacture. Equivalent devices of Arrow -Hart, Bryant, Pass, Seymour and Leviton or General Electric are also acceptable. B. Classification: All wiring devices shall be "Specification Grade", and shall be UL listed. C. Colors: All devices shall have an ivory finish where mounted in walls finished in light colors and a brown finish where mounted in walls finished in dark colors. 2.2 WALL SWITCHES A. For loads not exceeding 1500 watts at 120 volts or 3000 watts at 277 volts: DEVICE HUBBELL CATALOG NO. Single pole wall switch 1201 or 1201-I Three-way wall switch 1203 or 1203-I Four-way wall switch 1204 or 1204-I Pilot -lighted switch 1201 -PLC 'Momentary Contact switch 1556 or 1556-1 LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 16210-2 WIRING DEVICES B. For loads exceeding above listing: DEVICE HUBBELL CATALOG NO. Single pole wall switch 1221 or 1221-I Three-way wall switch 1223 or 1223-I Four-way wall switch 1224 or 1224-I Pilot -lighted switch 1221 -PLC 2.3 RECEPTACLES A. Receptacle, 20 Ampere, 125 Volt, 2 Pole, 3 Wire Grounding Duplex: Hubbell No. 5362 or 5362-I (NEMA 5-20R). B. Wall Mounted Telephone Outlet: Shall consist of an outlet box as specified under RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS with adapter. Coverplates will be furnished by the Telephone Company. Where an outlet is shown, and it does not receive a telephone instrument, install a blank coverplate. 2.4 COVERPLATES A. Provide coverplates for all wiring devices, telephone, signal outlets and other kindred devices. B. For Flush Mounted Devices: All coverplates shall be Sierra Electric Corporation "P -Line" plastic plates to match devices which they cover. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION A. At each wiring device, install a label on the inside of the coverplate which shall identify the panel and circuit number to which the device is finally connected. The labels shall be made on the job with indent type Dynamo adhesive tape. Attach the label to the plate with contact cement or other suitable adhesive material. In lieu of a label, the panel and circuit number may be marked on the inside of the coverplate with an indelible pencil. 3.2 MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Where mounting heights are indicated on the drawings, the device shall be installed with the centerline of the device at the indicated height. B. In general, devices which are shown to be installed at counters or other millwork shall be installed above the counter or millwork, unless noted. Wall switches shall be installed on the strike side of the door as finally hung. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 99086 16210-3 WIRING DEVICES C. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, or directed by the Architect, install devices at the following heights. DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHT Wall Switch 410" Receptacle 18" Clock Hanger Outlet 12" below ceiling Wall Mounted Clock 12" below ceiling Telephone Outlet 18" Wall Dimmer Switch 410" END OF SECTION I LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 16310-1 99086 GROUNDING SECTION 16310 - GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 NOTE A. Note: Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data on all products. 1.3 SCOPE A. Furnish and install the various grounding systems outlined herein in accordance with the National Electrical Code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Products for grounding systems are specified elsewhere herein. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT GROUNDING B. Provide adequate and permanent service neutral and equipment grounding in accordance with the National Electrical Code, and subject to the following additional requirements. C. Connect the service ground and equipment ground to a common point within the metallic enclosure containing the main service disconnecting means. From the common point of connection of the service ground and equipment ground, run in conduit a combined service and equipment grounding conductor without joint or splice to the main water service pipe and connect it thereto with an approved bolted pressure clamp. Clean all contact surfaces thoroughly before connection, to assure good metal to metal contact. Where a dielectric fitting occurs on water main, connect the grounding conductor to the street side of the fitting. Bond the conduit to the grounding conductor at each end. Provide and install with ground clamps a No. 3/0 copper jumper conductor around the water meter. Supplement the water pipe ground with an additional electrode which shall be 10' long by 3/4 inch diameter copperclad steel ground rod. Attach the electrode to the water pipe and to the service/equipment grounding conductor. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 16310-2 99086 GROUNDING D. Size grounding conductors in accordance with National Electrical Code Tables 250-94 and 250-95. 3.2 GROUNDING RACEWAYS A. Assure the electrical continuity of all metallic raceway systems, pulling up all conduits and/or locknuts wrench tight. Where expansion joints or telescoping joints occur, provide bonding jumpers. Where flexible metallic conduit is employed, provide a green -insulated grounding jumper installed in the flexible conduit. 3.3 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. Provide a separate, green -insulated copper grounding conductor, with insulation of the same rating as phase conductors, for each feeder and for each branch circuit. Install the grounding conductor in the same raceway with the related phase and neutral conductors, and connect the grounding conductor to pull boxes or outlet boxes at intervals of 100 feet or less. Where paralleled conductors in separate raceways occur, provide a grounding conductor in each raceway. Connect all grounding conductors to bare grounding bars in panelboards, and to ground buses in service equipment to the end that there will be an uninterrupted grounding circuit from the point of a ground fault back to the point of connection of the equipment ground and system neutral. END OF SECTION LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 16411 - 1 pool 99086 LIGHTING SECTION 16411 - LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 NOTE A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental Conditions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for review catalog data and drawings on all equipment items. 1.3 SCOPE A. This section pertains to all labor, material, equipment and services necessary for and incidental to the complete lighting system as shown on the drawings and specified herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Provide and install a lighting fixture on each and every lighting outlet shown. Furnish fixtures in accordance with the designations on the drawings and as specified herein. Should any designations be omitted on the drawings, furnish fixtures of the same type as used in rooms of similar usage. All features specified or scheduled for fixtures shall be provided, even if the catalog number given in the specifications or schedule lacks the required numerals, prefixes or suffixes corresponding to the features called for. B. Fixtures: All lighting fixtures shall bear the label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Furnish scale drawings, catalog data, samples of finish, distribution curves, and any other data required by the Architect for every type fixture. C. Fluorescent Ballasts: Electronic type, less than 10% THD. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR FIXTURES M A. Outlet box locations shown for fluorescent fixtures are diagrammatic. Locate boxes to coincide with stem hangers where such occur. Fixtures shall be level, square with the general construction and securely attached. LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 16411-2 99086 LIGHTING B. Lay -in Type Fixtures: Refer to the ceiling installer's layout for exact location. Center the fixtures in ceiling grids. Wire the fixtures using concealed outlet boxes accessible through ceiling panels. Install conductors in flexible metallic conduit from box to fixture. C. Fixtures in Plaster Ceilings: Provide a suitable plaster ring or frame for each fixture recessed in a plaster ceiling. D. Surface Mounted Fixtures: Fixtures shall be installed flush with the ceilings. Where fixtures are mounted to an exposed grid ceiling, the fixtures may be clipped to the ceiling grid provided the attachment holds the fixture flush, level, and secure. Where they cannot be centered on a grid, install a structural member to span two tees and attach the fixture to the structural members. E. Where fixtures are installed in a continuous row, the row shall be straight and plumb. Lens shall be aligned in all planes and no part of the lamp shall be visible. F. Reused Fixtures: Where existing lighting fixtures are to be relocated, carefully remove and store the fixture. When it is ready to be hung, thoroughly wash all dirt and dust from the fixture and lens, hang the fixture and install new lamps. Should any such fixtures be damaged in this process replace them with matching new ones at no cost to the owner. END OF SECTION LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS 16510-1 99086 MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT CONTROLS AND WIRING SECTION 16510 - MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT CONTROLS AND WIRING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 NOTE A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, the Special Conditions and the General, Requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data and drawings on all equipment items. 1.3 SCOPE A. This Section of the Specifications pertains to all other labor, material, equipment and service necessary for and incidental to motor and equipment wiring and control as shown on the drawings and/or as specified herein. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT WIRING A. Connect complete for operation all items of heating, air conditioning, plumbing equipment, and all other electrical devices furnished by the Owner or under other Divisions of the specifications. Outlets of various types have been indicated at equipment locations, but no indications of exact location or scope of the work are shown on the drawings. Refer to the Owner and to the various Contractors for the work under the other Divisions for the scope of connections to equipment furnished by them and for the exact locations of all items. Request of the Owner and the aforementioned suppliers and contractors all rough -in drawings required for proper installation of the electrical work, in ample time to permit preparation of the drawings and thus avoid delays on the job. B. Where disconnect switches or circuit breakers are not provided integral with control equipment for motors and other electrical appurtenances, provide and install all disconnect switches required by the National Electrical Code and/or indicated. 3.2 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS A. All work for temperature controls (materials and labor) will be furnished and installed under Division 15. END OF SECTION i LBC HVAC RENOVATIONS STRUCTURAL 99086 STRUCTURAL DETAILS FOR THE LUBBOCK BUSINESS CENTER CITY OF LUBBOCK LUBBOCK, TEXAS SUBMITTED BY RTR ENGINEERS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 2574 74TH STREET, SUITE 202 LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79423 FEBRUARY, 2001 6F u O r m 0 0 70 7 u� r 7� T EXIST. W16x45 x w x x N N N ZE OD 0 U x x 0% 00 OD ~ EXIST. W16x45 H W 7'-101/2" 6'-103/4" 7'-10'/2- 22'-73/4" Lp N O LINE OF WEST OVERHANG HVAC RENOVATION LUBBOCK BUSINESS CENTER RTR ENGINEERS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 2574 73th, SUITE 202 LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79423 DATE: 2-16-01 PLATE 1 OF 2 w i Z O m m n � D 0) m m - N ' D -: Z p O n 0 K z N O ii1 D Z N m Q n m 70 rn 1 rrn�] VI V• rn 0 7 _T_ r - r rn ::Ern o� w W x N o, N Ul Z O DOX N -.N 0 :Z! _ - Z NNO D=i rnw C=< rnN nn2 Om iv 20Cr mzcr • n �m x G� z m W OD OD N N 0'U (� Z 5t/2" r DDOsM 1 m r m 20 z m L znat rn ~~ F T J� AV AV k ♦ /'o rbc: :t r , , E: JR. p 0 41..:...'x: • •• FG RSO.' �'' �p+aSs o STE��i�-• �Nk HVAC RENOVATION LUBBOCK BUSINESS -CENTER RTR ENGINEERS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 2574 73th, SUITE 202 LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79423 DATE: 2-16-01 PLATE 2 of 2